Documentation: consistency in GDB command name
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About JIM-Tcl:: About JIM-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles. which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/web/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.berlios.de/mailman/listinfo/openocd-development}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{PATCHES.txt} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @end itemize
376
377 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
378
379 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
380 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
381 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
382 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
383 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
384
385 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
386 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
387 (see the section on driver commands).
388
389 @itemize
390 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
391 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
392 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
394 @end itemize
395
396 @section USB JLINK based
397 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
398 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
399 AT91SAM764 internally.
400
401 @itemize @bullet
402 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
403 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
404 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
406 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
408 @end itemize
409
410 @section USB RLINK based
411 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
412
413 @itemize @bullet
414 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
415 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
416 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
420 @end itemize
421
422 @section USB Other
423 @itemize @bullet
424 @item @b{USBprog}
425 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
426
427 @item @b{USB - Presto}
428 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
429
430 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
432
433 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
435
436 @item @b{Buspirate}
437 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
438 @end itemize
439
440 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
441
442 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
443 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
444 these on the market.
445
446 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
447 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
448 of USB-based ones.
449
450 @itemize @bullet
451
452 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
453 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
454
455 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
456 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
457 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
458
459 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
460 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
461
462 @item @b{GW16402}
463 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
464
465 @item @b{Wiggler2}
466 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
467 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
468
469 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
470 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
471
472 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
473 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
474
475 @item @b{arm-jtag}
476 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
477
478 @item @b{chameleon}
479 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
480
481 @item @b{Triton}
482 @* Unknown.
483
484 @item @b{Lattice}
485 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
486 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
487
488 @item @b{flashlink}
489 @* From ST Microsystems;
490 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
491 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
492
493 @end itemize
494
495 @section Other...
496 @itemize @bullet
497
498 @item @b{ep93xx}
499 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
500
501 @item @b{at91rm9200}
502 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
503
504 @end itemize
505
506 @node About JIM-Tcl
507 @chapter About JIM-Tcl
508 @cindex JIM Tcl
509 @cindex tcl
510
511 OpenOCD includes a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as JIM-Tcl.
512 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
513 command interpreter.
514
515 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to JIM-Tcl.
516 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
517 much of anything about Tcl.
518 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
519
520 You can learn more about JIM at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
521
522 @itemize @bullet
523 @item @b{JIM vs. Tcl}
524 @* JIM-TCL is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
525 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. JIM-Tcl has far
526 fewer features. JIM-Tcl is a single .C file and a single .H file and
527 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
528 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
529
530 @item @b{Missing Features}
531 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
532 needed. We welcome JIM Tcl improvements, not bloat.
533
534 @item @b{Scripts}
535 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are JIM Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
536 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
537 JIM-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
538
539 @item @b{Commands}
540 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
541 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
542 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
543 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
544
545 @item @b{Historical Note}
546 @* JIM-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008.
547
548 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
549 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
550 @end itemize
551
552 @node Running
553 @chapter Running
554 @cindex command line options
555 @cindex logfile
556 @cindex directory search
557
558 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
559 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
560 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
561 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
562 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
563
564 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
565 tell it how each debug session should work.
566 The @option{--help} option shows:
567 @verbatim
568 bash$ openocd --help
569
570 --help | -h display this help
571 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
572 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
573 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
574 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
575 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
576 --command | -c run <command>
577 --pipe | -p use pipes when talking to gdb
578 @end verbatim
579
580 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
581 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
582 To specify one or more different
583 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
584
585 @example
586 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
587 @end example
588
589 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
590 @enumerate
591 @item the current directory,
592 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
593 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
594 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
595 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
596 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
597 @end enumerate
598 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
599
600 @quotation Note
601 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
602 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
603 @end quotation
604
605 @section Simple setup, no customization
606
607 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
608 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
609 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
610 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
611 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
612
613 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
614 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
615 the server like:
616
617 @example
618 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
619 @end example
620
621 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
622 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
623 If all goes well you'll see output something like
624
625 @example
626 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
627 For bug reports, read
628 http://openocd.berlios.de/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
629 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
630 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
631 @end example
632
633 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
634 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
635 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
636
637 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
638
639 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
640 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
641 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
642 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
643 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
644 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
645 ensure that this always succeeds.
646 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
647 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
648 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
649 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
650
651 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
652 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
653 those channels.
654
655 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
656 the @option{-d} option.
657
658 Also it is possible to interleave JIM-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
659 @option{-c} command line switch.
660
661 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
662 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
663 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
664 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
665 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
666 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
667 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
668
669 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
670 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
671
672 For details on the @option{-p} option. @xref{Connecting to GDB}.
673
674 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
675 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
676 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
677 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
678
679 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
680 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
681
682 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
683 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
684 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
685 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
686 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
687 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
688 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
689
690 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
691
692 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
693 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
694 and a USB cable on the other.
695 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
696 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
697
698 @enumerate
699 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
700 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
701 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
702 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
703 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
704 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
705 debugging host.
706
707 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
708 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
709 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
710 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
711 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
712
713 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
714 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
715 with 1.2 Volt boards.
716
717 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
718 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
719 ways to connect the cable.
720 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
721 Be sure it's firmly connected.
722
723 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
724 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
725 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
726 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
727 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
728 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
729 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
730 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
731
732 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
733 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
734 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
735 but are tedious to set up.
736 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
737 adapter signals to the right board pins.
738
739 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
740 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
741 you are using to run OpenOCD.
742 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
743
744 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
745 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
746 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
747
748 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
749 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
750 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
751
752 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
753 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
754 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
755 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
756
757 @end enumerate
758
759 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
760 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
761 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
762
763 @section Project Directory
764
765 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
766
767 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
768 single directory for your work with a given board.
769 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
770 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
771 files accessed through semihosting,
772 and for code you upload to the target board.
773 It is also the natural place to write files,
774 such as log files and data you download from the board.
775
776 @section Configuration Basics
777
778 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
779 a variety of ways you can mix them.
780 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
781
782 @itemize
783 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
784 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
785 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
786 @end itemize
787
788 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
789 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
790 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
791
792 @example
793 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
794
795 # GDB can also flash my flash!
796 gdb_memory_map enable
797 gdb_flash_program enable
798
799 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
800 @end example
801
802 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
803
804 @example
805 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
806 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
807 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
808 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
809 @end example
810
811 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
812 each supporting a different development task.
813 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
814 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
815
816 @quotation Important
817 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
818 problems with how it treats variables.
819 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
820 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
821 that can be tested in a later script.
822 @end quotation
823
824 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
825 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
826 to simplify your work.
827
828 @section User Config Files
829 @cindex config file, user
830 @cindex user config file
831 @cindex config file, overview
832
833 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
834 in one place.
835 One of the following will match your situation best:
836
837 @itemize
838 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
839 provided by someone else.
840 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
841 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
842 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
843 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
844 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
845 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
846
847 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
848 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
849
850 @enumerate
851 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
852 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
853 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
854 @end enumerate
855
856 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
857 The first is an interface config file.
858 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
859 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
860 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
861 meet your deadline:
862
863 @example
864 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
865 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
866 @end example
867
868 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
869 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
870 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
871 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
872
873 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
874 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
875 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
876 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
877 target and board
878 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
879 @xref{Autoprobing}.
880
881 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
882 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
883 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
884 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
885
886 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
887 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
888 giving access to your particular flash chips.
889 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
890 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
891
892 @quotation Note
893 When you write new configuration files, please submit
894 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
895 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
896 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
897 will help support users of any board using that chip.
898 @end quotation
899
900 @item
901 You may may need to write some C code.
902 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
903 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
904 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
905 a new chip architecture.
906 @end itemize
907
908 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
909 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
910 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
911
912 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
913 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
914 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
915 @itemize
916
917 @item
918 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
919 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
920 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
921 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
922
923 @item
924 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
925 @cindex vector_catch
926 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
927 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
928 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
929 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
930 along with messaging and tracing setup.
931 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
932
933 @item
934 You might need to override some defaults.
935 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
936 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
937
938 @item
939 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
940 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
941 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
942 @end itemize
943
944 @section Project-Specific Utilities
945
946 A few project-specific utility
947 routines may well speed up your work.
948 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
949
950 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
951 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
952 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
953 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
954 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
955 may help:
956
957 @example
958 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
959 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
960 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
961 # Leave the CPU halted.
962 reset init
963
964 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
965 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
966
967 # Start running.
968 resume 0x20000000
969 @}
970 @end example
971
972 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
973 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
974 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
975 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
976 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
977
978 @example
979 proc newboot @{ @} @{
980 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
981 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
982 # "reset halt" would be slower.
983 reset init
984
985 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
986 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
987 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
988 flash protect 0 0 1 off
989 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
990 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
991 flash protect 0 0 1 on
992
993 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
994 reset run
995 @}
996 @end example
997
998 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
999 from NAND.
1000 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1001 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1002 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1003
1004 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1005 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1006
1007 @section Target Software Changes
1008
1009 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1010 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1011 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1012 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1013 handling issues like:
1014
1015 @itemize @bullet
1016
1017 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1018 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1019 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1020 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1021 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1022 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1023 your debug sessions.
1024
1025 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1026 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1027 That might however be your only option.
1028
1029 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1030 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1031 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1032 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1033 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1034 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1035 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1036 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1037 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1038 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1039 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1040 instead of the whole thing.
1041 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1042 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1043
1044 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1045 @cindex ARM semihosting
1046 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1047 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1048 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1049 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1050 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1051 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1052 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1053 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1054 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1055 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1056 NAND or SPI flash.
1057
1058 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1059 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1060 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1061 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1062 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1063
1064 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1065 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1066 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1067 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1068 registers which can be used to change various features including
1069 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1070 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1071 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1072 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1073 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1074
1075 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1076 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1077 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1078 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1079 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1080
1081 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1082 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1083 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1084 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1085 early code execution can be debugged
1086 or firmware can be replaced.
1087
1088 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1089 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1090 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1091 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1092 operations like writing to memory.)
1093
1094 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1095 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1096 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1097 various kinds of message.
1098 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1099
1100 @end itemize
1101
1102 @section Target Hardware Setup
1103
1104 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1105 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1106 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1107 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1108 working with.}
1109
1110 Common issues include:
1111
1112 @itemize @bullet
1113
1114 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1115 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1116 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1117 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1118 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1119 or one from a daughtercard).
1120 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1121 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1122
1123 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1124 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1125 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1126 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1127 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1128 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1129
1130 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1131 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1132 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1133 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1134 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1135
1136
1137 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1138 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1139 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1140 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1141 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1142 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1143 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1144
1145 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1146 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1147 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1148 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1149 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1150
1151 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1152 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1153 used to start booting.
1154
1155 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1156 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1157 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1158 multiple audio codec chips).
1159 This interacts with software
1160 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1161 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1162 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1163 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1164 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1165 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1166 audio or video codecs are used.
1167
1168 @end itemize
1169
1170 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1171 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1172 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1173 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1174 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1175 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1176 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1177 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1178 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1179 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1180
1181
1182 @node Config File Guidelines
1183 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1184
1185 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1186 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1187 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1188 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1189
1190 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1191 with files including the ones listed here.
1192 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1193 @itemize @bullet
1194 @item @file{interface} ...
1195 These are for debug adapters.
1196 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1197 @example
1198 $ ls interface
1199 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1200 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1201 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1202 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1203 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1204 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1205 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1206 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1207 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1208 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1209 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1210 $
1211 @end example
1212 @item @file{board} ...
1213 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1214 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1215 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1216 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1217 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1218 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1219 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1220 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1221 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1222 a CPU and an FPGA.
1223 @example
1224 $ ls board
1225 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1226 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1227 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1228 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1229 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1230 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1231 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1232 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1233 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1234 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1235 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1236 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1237 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1238 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1239 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1240 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1241 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1242 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1243 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1244 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1245 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1246 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1247 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1248 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1249 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1250 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1251 $
1252 @end example
1253 @item @file{target} ...
1254 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1255 on a chip
1256 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1257 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1258 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1259 the target config file defines all of them.
1260 @example
1261 $ ls target
1262 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1263 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1264 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1265 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1266 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1267 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1268 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1269 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1270 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1271 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1272 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1273 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1274 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1275 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32.cfg
1276 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1277 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1278 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1279 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1280 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1281 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1282 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1283 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1284 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1285 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1286 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1287 $
1288 @end example
1289 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1290 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1291 @end itemize
1292
1293 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1294 file may override features in any of the above files by
1295 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1296 commands specific to their situation.
1297
1298 @section Interface Config Files
1299
1300 The user config file
1301 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1302
1303 @example
1304 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1305 @end example
1306
1307 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1308 in use today with OpenOCD.
1309 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1310 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1311
1312 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1313 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1314 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1315 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1316 and need to provide a driver for it.
1317
1318 @section Board Config Files
1319 @cindex config file, board
1320 @cindex board config file
1321
1322 The user config file
1323 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1324
1325 @example
1326 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1327 @end example
1328
1329 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1330 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1331 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1332
1333 @enumerate
1334 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1335 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1336 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1337 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1338 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1339 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1340 @end enumerate
1341
1342 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1343 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1344 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1345 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1346
1347 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1348 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1349 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1350 configuration works.
1351
1352 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1353
1354 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1355 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1356 convention on how to use certain variables.
1357
1358 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but JIM-Tcl does not.
1359 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1360 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1361 used at will within a target configuration file.
1362
1363 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1364 for a board with three chips:
1365
1366 @example
1367 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1368 set CHIPNAME network
1369 set ENDIAN big
1370 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1371 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1372 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1373 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1374
1375 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1376 set CHIPNAME video
1377 set ENDIAN little
1378 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1379 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1380 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1381 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1382
1383 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1384 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1385 unset ENDIAN
1386 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1387 @end example
1388
1389 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1390 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1391 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1392 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1393 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1394 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1395 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1396 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1397
1398 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1399 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1400 naming collisions.
1401
1402 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1403 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1404 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1405 up other clocks and peripherals.
1406
1407 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1408 @cindex variable names
1409
1410 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1411 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1412 one such chip (as shown above).
1413 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1414 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1415 to promote consistency and
1416 so that board files can override target defaults.
1417
1418 Inputs to target config files include:
1419
1420 @itemize @bullet
1421 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1422 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1423 tap identifier dotted names.
1424 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1425 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1426 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1427 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1428 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1429 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1430 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1431 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1432 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1433 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1434 @end itemize
1435
1436 Outputs from target config files include:
1437
1438 @itemize @bullet
1439 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1440 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1441 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1442 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1443 specific to that board and that target.
1444 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1445 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1446 @end itemize
1447
1448 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1449 @cindex event, reset-init
1450 @cindex reset-init handler
1451
1452 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1453 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1454 fully set up yet.
1455 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1456 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1457 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1458 handler is one of the most important.
1459
1460 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1461 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1462 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1463 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1464 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1465
1466 @quotation Note
1467 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1468 are included here.
1469 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1470 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1471 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1472 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1473 @end quotation
1474
1475 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1476 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1477 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1478 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1479 those as parameters.
1480 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1481 and disabling the watchdog.
1482 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1483 the next developer doing such work.
1484 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1485
1486 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1487 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1488 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1489 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1490
1491 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1492
1493 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1494 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1495 a low JTAG clock rate.
1496 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1497 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1498 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1499 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1500 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1501 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1502 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1503
1504 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1505 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1506 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1507 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1508 which might be less than that.
1509
1510 @quotation Warning
1511 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1512 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1513 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1514 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1515 @end quotation
1516
1517 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1518 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1519 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1520 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1521 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1522 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1523
1524 @section Target Config Files
1525 @cindex config file, target
1526 @cindex target config file
1527
1528 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1529 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1530 more target config files like this:
1531
1532 @example
1533 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1534 @end example
1535
1536 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1537 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1538 In summary the target files should contain
1539
1540 @enumerate
1541 @item Set defaults
1542 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1543 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1544 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1545 @item On-Chip flash
1546 @end enumerate
1547
1548 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1549 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1550 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1551
1552 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1553 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1554 can talk to the chip.
1555 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1556 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1557 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1558 and other processing engines.
1559
1560 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1561
1562 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1563 letting board config files express environment-specific
1564 differences in how things should be set up.
1565
1566 @example
1567 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1568 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1569 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1570 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1571 @} else @{
1572 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1573 @}
1574
1575 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1576 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1577 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1578 @} else @{
1579 set _ENDIAN little
1580 @}
1581
1582 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1583 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1584 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1585 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1586 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1587 @} else @{
1588 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1589 @}
1590 @end example
1591 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1592
1593 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1594 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1595 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1596
1597 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1598 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1599 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1600
1601 @example
1602 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1603 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1607 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1608 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1609 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1610 for taps.
1611
1612 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1613 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1614 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1615 looks (in part) like this:
1616
1617 @example
1618 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1619 @end example
1620
1621 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1622 to source such a config file twice, with different
1623 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1624 it adds a different TAP each time.
1625
1626 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1627 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1628 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1629 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1630
1631 @example
1632 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1633 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1634 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1635 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1636 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1637 @end example
1638
1639 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1640 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1641
1642 @itemize
1643 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1644 plus a JRC to enable them
1645 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1646 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1647 is not currently used)
1648 @end itemize
1649
1650 @subsection Add CPU targets
1651
1652 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1653 GDB and other commands can use it.
1654 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1655 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1656 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1657 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1658
1659 @example
1660 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1661 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1662 @end example
1663
1664 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1665 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1666 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1667 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1668 a work area if you can.
1669 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1670
1671 @example
1672 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1673 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1674 @end example
1675
1676 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1677
1678 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1679 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1680 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1681
1682 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1683 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1684 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1685 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1686 both signals.
1687
1688 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1689 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1690 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1691 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1692 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1693 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1694 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1695 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1696 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1697 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1698 not available.)
1699
1700 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1701 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1702 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1703 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1704 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1705 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1706 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1707 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1708
1709 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1710 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1711 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1712 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1713 slower clock than they will use later.
1714 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1715 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1716 than they will use later.
1717 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1718
1719 @quotation Important
1720 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1721 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1722 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1723 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1724 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1725 @end quotation
1726
1727 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1728
1729 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1730 special high speed download features - enable it.
1731
1732 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1733
1734 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1735 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1736 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1737 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1738 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1739 If you are using an external trace port,
1740 configure it in your board config file.
1741 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1742 configure it in your target config file.
1743
1744 @example
1745 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1746 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1747 @end example
1748
1749 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1750
1751 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1752
1753 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1754 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1755 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1756 the TARGET (chip) file.
1757
1758 Examples:
1759 @itemize @bullet
1760 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1761 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1762 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1763 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1764 @end itemize
1765
1766 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1767 @section Translating Configuration Files
1768 @cindex translation
1769 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1770 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1771 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1772 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1773 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1774 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1775
1776 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1777 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1778 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1779 convert other scripts later on.
1780
1781 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1782 replace job:
1783
1784 @example
1785 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1786 #
1787 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1788 #
1789 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1790 #
1791 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1792
1793 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1794 global TARGETNAME
1795
1796 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1797
1798 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1799 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1800 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1801 @}
1802 @end example
1803
1804
1805
1806 @node Daemon Configuration
1807 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1808 @cindex initialization
1809 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1810 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1811 supported.
1812
1813 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1814 @section Configuration Stage
1815 @cindex configuration stage
1816 @cindex config command
1817
1818 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1819 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1820 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1821 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1822 inside startup scripts.
1823
1824 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1825 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1826 which may be issued interactively.
1827 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1828 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1829
1830 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1831 flash banks,
1832 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1833 and other basic setup.
1834 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1835 may access or activate TAPs.
1836 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1837 longer be issued.
1838
1839 @section Entering the Run Stage
1840
1841 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1842 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1843 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1844 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1845 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1846 You should see no errors at this point.
1847 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1848 commands you used to configure the server.
1849 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1850 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1851 on the scan chain.
1852
1853 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1854 become available.
1855 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1856 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1857 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1858 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1859 entry to the run stage.
1860
1861 @deffn {Config Command} init
1862 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1863 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1864 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1865 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1866 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1867 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1868
1869 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1870 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1871 configuration files and/or command line options.
1872
1873 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1874 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1875 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1876 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1877 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1878 @end deffn
1879
1880 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1881 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1882 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1883
1884 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1885 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1886 scan chain.
1887 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1888 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1889
1890 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1891 they return.
1892 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1893 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1894 @end deffn
1895
1896 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1897 @section TCP/IP Ports
1898 @cindex TCP port
1899 @cindex server
1900 @cindex port
1901 @cindex security
1902 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1903 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1904 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1905
1906 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1907 access using one or more of these ports.
1908 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1909 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1910 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1911
1912 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1913 @cindex GDB server
1914 Specify or query the first port used for incoming GDB connections.
1915 The GDB port for the
1916 first target will be gdb_port, the second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
1917 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1918 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
1919 When specified as zero, GDB remote access ports are not activated.
1920 @end deffn
1921
1922 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
1923 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
1924 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
1925 output from the Tcl engine.
1926 Intended as a machine interface.
1927 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1928 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
1929 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1930 @end deffn
1931
1932 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
1933 Specify or query the
1934 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
1935 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
1936 When not specified during the configuration stage,
1937 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
1938 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
1939 @end deffn
1940
1941 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
1942 @section GDB Configuration
1943 @cindex GDB
1944 @cindex GDB configuration
1945 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
1946 The ones listed here are static and global.
1947 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
1948 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
1949
1950 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
1951 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
1952 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
1953 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
1954 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
1955 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
1956 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
1957 @end deffn
1958
1959 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
1960 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1961 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
1962 vFlash packet is received.
1963 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1964 @end deffn
1965
1966 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1967 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
1968 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
1969 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
1970 for flash programming to work.
1971 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
1972 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
1973 @end deffn
1974
1975 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
1976 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
1977 by GDB memory read packets.
1978 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
1979 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
1980 @end deffn
1981
1982 @anchor{Event Polling}
1983 @section Event Polling
1984
1985 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
1986 where significant events can happen at any time.
1987 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
1988 so it can report them to through TCL command line
1989 or to GDB.
1990
1991 Examples of such events include:
1992
1993 @itemize
1994 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
1995 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
1996 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
1997 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
1998 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
1999 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2000 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2001 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2002 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2003 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2004 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2005 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2006 @end itemize
2007
2008 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2009 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2010 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2011 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2012 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2013
2014 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2015 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2016 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2017 to the various active targets.
2018 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2019 which is normally done in the background.
2020
2021 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2022 Poll the current target for its current state.
2023 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2024 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2025 specific information about the current state is printed.
2026 An optional parameter
2027 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2028
2029 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2030 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2031 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2032 @example
2033 > poll
2034 background polling: on
2035 target state: halted
2036 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2037 current mode: Supervisor
2038 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2039 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2040 >
2041 @end example
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2045 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2046 @cindex config file, interface
2047 @cindex interface config file
2048
2049 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2050 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2051 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2052
2053 @quotation Note
2054 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2055 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2056 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2057 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2058 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2059 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2060 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2061 @end quotation
2062
2063 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2064 through commands in an interface configuration
2065 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2066 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2067
2068 @example
2069 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2070 @end example
2071
2072 These commands tell
2073 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2074 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2075
2076 @example
2077 # jlink interface
2078 interface jlink
2079 @end example
2080
2081 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2082
2083
2084 @section Interface Configuration
2085
2086 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2087 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2088 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2089
2090 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2091 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2092 target.
2093 @end deffn
2094
2095 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2096 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2097 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2098 @end deffn
2099
2100 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2101 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2102 @end deffn
2103
2104 @section Interface Drivers
2105
2106 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2107 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2108 available at run time.
2109
2110 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2111 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2112 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2113 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2114
2115 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2116 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2117 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2118 @end deffn
2119
2120 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2121 Displays status of RTCK option.
2122 Optionally sets that option first.
2123 @end deffn
2124 @end deffn
2125
2126 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2127 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2128 This has one driver-specific command:
2129
2130 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2131 Logs some status
2132 @end deffn
2133 @end deffn
2134
2135 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2136 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2137 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2138 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2139 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2140 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2141 @end deffn
2142
2143 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2144 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2145 @end deffn
2146
2147 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2148 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2149 @end deffn
2150
2151 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2152 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2153 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2154 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2155
2156 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2157 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2158 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2159 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2160 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2161 @end deffn
2162
2163 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2164 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2165 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2166 is connected to the host.
2167 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2168 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2169 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2170 @end deffn
2171
2172 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2173 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2174 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2175 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2176 @itemize @minus
2177 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2178 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2179 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2180 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2181 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2182 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2183 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2184 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2185 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2186 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2187 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2188 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2189 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2190 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2191 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2192 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2193 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2194 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2195 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2196 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2197 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2198 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2199 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2200 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2201 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2202 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2203 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2204 @end itemize
2205 @end deffn
2206
2207 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2208 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2209 default values are used.
2210 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2211 @example
2212 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2213 @end example
2214 @end deffn
2215
2216 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2217 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2218 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2219 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2220 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2221 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2222 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2223 @end deffn
2224
2225 For example, the interface config file for a
2226 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2227
2228 @example
2229 interface ft2232
2230 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2231 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2232 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2233 @end example
2234 @end deffn
2235
2236 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2237 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2238 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2239 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2240
2241 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2242 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2243 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2244 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2245 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2246 @end deffn
2247
2248 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2249 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2250 default values are used.
2251 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2252 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2253 @example
2254 ft2232_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2255 @end example
2256 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2257 @example
2258 ft2232_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2259 @end example
2260 @end deffn
2261
2262 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2263 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2264 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2265 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2266
2267 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2268 @example
2269 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2270 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2271 @end example
2272 @end deffn
2273
2274 @end deffn
2275
2276 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2277 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2278 This has one driver-specific command:
2279
2280 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2281 Display either the address of the I/O port
2282 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2283 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2284 This is a write-once setting.
2285 @end deffn
2286 @end deffn
2287
2288 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2289 Segger jlink USB adapter
2290 @c command: jlink_info
2291 @c dumps status
2292 @c command: jlink_hw_jtag (2|3)
2293 @c sets version 2 or 3
2294 @end deffn
2295
2296 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2297 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2298 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2299 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2300 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2301
2302 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2303 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2304 This is a write-once setting.
2305 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2306
2307 @itemize @minus
2308 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2309 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2310 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2311 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2312 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2313 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2314 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2315 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2316 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2317 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2318 some versions of
2319 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2320 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2321 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2322 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2323 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2324 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2325 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2326 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2327 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2328 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2329 @end itemize
2330 @end deffn
2331
2332 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2333 Display either the address of the I/O port
2334 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2335 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2336 This is a write-once setting.
2337
2338 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2339 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2340 you may encounter a problem.
2341 @end deffn
2342
2343 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2344 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2345 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2346 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2347 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2348 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2349
2350 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2351 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2352 @quotation Tip
2353 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2354 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2355 @example
2356 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2357 > adapter_khz 500
2358 @end example
2359 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2360 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2361 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2362 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2363 large set of samples.
2364 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2365 @example
2366 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2367 @end example
2368 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2369 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2370
2371 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2372 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2373 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2374 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2375 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2376 @end quotation
2377 @end deffn
2378
2379 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2380 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2381 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2382 @end deffn
2383
2384 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2385 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2386
2387 @example
2388 interface parport
2389 parport_port 0x278
2390 parport_cable wiggler
2391 @end example
2392 @end deffn
2393
2394 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2395 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2396 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2397 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2398 @end deffn
2399 @end deffn
2400
2401 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2402 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2403 @end deffn
2404
2405 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2406 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2407 @end deffn
2408
2409 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2410 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2411
2412 @quotation Note
2413 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2414 which are not currently documented here.
2415 @end quotation
2416 @end deffn
2417
2418 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2419 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2420
2421 @quotation Note
2422 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2423 which are not currently documented here.
2424 @end quotation
2425
2426 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2427 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2428 No arguments: print status.
2429 @end deffn
2430
2431 @end deffn
2432
2433 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2434 @section JTAG Speed
2435 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2436 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2437 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2438 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2439 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2440 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2441 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2442 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2443 power management software that may be active.
2444
2445 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2446 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2447 target event handler.
2448 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2449 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2450 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2451 sets up those clocks).
2452 @xref{Target Events}.
2453 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2454 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2455 in the target config file.
2456 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2457 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2458 config file instead.
2459 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2460 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2461 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2462
2463 @example
2464 jtag_rclk 3000
2465 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2466 @end example
2467
2468 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2469 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2470 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2471 may not be the fastest solution.
2472
2473 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2474 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2475 which support adaptive clocking.
2476
2477 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2478 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2479 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2480 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2481 than the speed specified.
2482
2483 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2484 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2485 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2486 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2487
2488 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2489 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2490 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2491 JTAG clocking after setup.
2492 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2493 If the interface device can not
2494 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2495 @end deffn
2496
2497 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2498 @cindex adaptive clocking
2499 @cindex RTCK
2500 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2501 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2502 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2503 @example
2504 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2505 jtag_rclk 3000
2506 @end example
2507 @end defun
2508
2509 @node Reset Configuration
2510 @chapter Reset Configuration
2511 @cindex Reset Configuration
2512
2513 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2514 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2515 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2516 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2517 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2518 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2519 Please see the various board files for examples.
2520
2521 @quotation Note
2522 To maintainers and integrators:
2523 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2524 Normally the board configuration file
2525 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2526 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2527
2528 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2529 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2530 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2531 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2532 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2533 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2534 @end quotation
2535
2536 @section Types of Reset
2537
2538 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2539 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2540 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2541
2542 @itemize @bullet
2543 @item
2544 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2545 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2546 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2547 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2548 @item
2549 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2550 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2551 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2552 device's the TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2553 @item
2554 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2555 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2556 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2557 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2558 @item
2559 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2560 several other types of reset.
2561 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2562 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2563 There may be individual module resets.
2564 @end itemize
2565
2566 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2567 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2568 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2569 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2570 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2571 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2572 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2573 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2574 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2575
2576 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2577 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2578
2579 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2580 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2581 common issues are:
2582
2583 @itemize @bullet
2584
2585 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2586 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2587 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2588 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2589 when either of those signals is not connected.
2590 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2591 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2592 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG level resets can
2593 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2594
2595 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2596 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2597 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2598 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2599
2600 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2601 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2602 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2603 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2604 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2605 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2606 hardware debouncing.
2607 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2608 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2609
2610 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2611 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2612 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2613 to use push/pull output drivers.
2614 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2615 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2616 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2617 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2618
2619 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2620 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2621 issues (not limited to errata).
2622 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2623 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2624 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2625 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2626 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2627 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2628 @end itemize
2629
2630 There can also be other issues.
2631 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2632 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2633 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2634 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2635 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2636 Agreement (NDA).
2637
2638 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2639 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2640 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2641
2642 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2643 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2644
2645 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2646
2647 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2648 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2649 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2650 allowing it to be deasserted.
2651 @end deffn
2652
2653 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2654 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2655 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2656 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2657 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2658 @end deffn
2659
2660 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2661 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2662 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2663 allowing it to be deasserted.
2664 @end deffn
2665
2666 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2667 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2668 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2669 @end deffn
2670
2671 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2672 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2673 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2674 configuration scripts.
2675
2676 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2677 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2678 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2679 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2680 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2681 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2682 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2683 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2684
2685 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2686 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2687 @var{gates},
2688 @var{trst_type},
2689 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2690 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2691 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2692 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2693 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2694 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2695
2696 @itemize
2697 @item
2698 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2699 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2700 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2701 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2702 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2703
2704 @quotation Tip
2705 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2706 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2707 @end quotation
2708
2709 @item
2710 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2711 signal implementations.
2712 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2713 indicating everything behaves normally.
2714 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2715 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2716 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2717 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2718 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2719 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2720 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2721
2722 @item
2723 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2724 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2725 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2726 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2727 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2728 while SRST is asserted.
2729 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2730 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2731 @end itemize
2732
2733 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2734 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2735 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2736 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2737 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2738
2739 @itemize
2740 @item
2741 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2742 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2743 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2744 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2745
2746 @item
2747 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2748 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2749 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2750 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2751 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2752 @end itemize
2753 @end deffn
2754
2755 @section Custom Reset Handling
2756 @cindex events
2757
2758 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2759 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2760 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2761 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2762 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2763 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2764
2765 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2766 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2767 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2768 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2769 want to reset everything at once.
2770
2771 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2772 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2773 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
2774 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
2775 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
2776 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
2777 needs special attention.
2778
2779 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
2780 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
2781 to find a sequence of operations that works.
2782 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
2783 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
2784 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
2785 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
2786 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
2787
2788 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
2789 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
2790 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
2791 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
2792 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
2793
2794 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
2795 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
2796 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
2797 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
2798 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
2799 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
2800 low level reset command (@option{halt},
2801 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
2802 or potentially some other value.
2803
2804 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
2805 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
2806 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
2807 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
2808 (or their associated targets)
2809 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
2810
2811 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
2812 they return.
2813 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
2814 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
2815 @end deffn
2816
2817 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
2818 This validates the scan chain using just the four
2819 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
2820 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
2821 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
2822 matches the TAPs it can observe.
2823 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
2824 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
2825 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
2826 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
2827 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
2828 @end deffn
2829
2830 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
2831 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
2832 everything on the JTAG scan chain
2833 (and anything else connected to SRST).
2834 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
2835 @end deffn
2836
2837
2838 @node TAP Declaration
2839 @chapter TAP Declaration
2840 @cindex TAP declaration
2841 @cindex TAP configuration
2842
2843 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
2844 TAPs serve many roles, including:
2845
2846 @itemize @bullet
2847 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
2848 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
2849 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
2850 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
2851 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
2852 start running that code.
2853 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
2854 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
2855 and missing connections
2856 @end itemize
2857
2858 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
2859 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
2860 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
2861 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
2862 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
2863
2864 @section Scan Chains
2865 @cindex scan chain
2866
2867 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
2868 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
2869 They also need to be added to
2870 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
2871 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
2872 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
2873 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
2874 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
2875 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
2876 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
2877 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
2878
2879 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
2880 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
2881 command, presented in the next chapter.
2882 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
2883 debugging targets.)
2884 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
2885
2886 @verbatim
2887 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
2888 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
2889 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
2890 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
2891 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
2892 @end verbatim
2893
2894 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
2895 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
2896 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
2897 because not all devices provide good support for that.
2898 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
2899 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
2900 until they are told to do so.
2901
2902 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
2903 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
2904 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
2905 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
2906
2907 @example
2908 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
2909 @end example
2910
2911 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
2912 by a given chip.
2913 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
2914 and so forth.
2915 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
2916 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
2917 a single chip and between them.
2918 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
2919
2920 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
2921 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
2922 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
2923 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
2924 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
2925 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
2926 includes commands something like this:
2927
2928 @example
2929 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
2930 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
2931 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
2932 @end example
2933
2934 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
2935 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
2936 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
2937
2938 @deffn Command {jtag names}
2939 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
2940 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
2941 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
2942 @example
2943 foreach t [jtag names] @{
2944 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
2945 @}
2946 @end example
2947 @end deffn
2948
2949 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
2950 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
2951 and their status.
2952 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
2953 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
2954 but systems with a JTAG router can
2955 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
2956 @end deffn
2957
2958 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
2959 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
2960
2961 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
2962 @c (on entry to RESET state).
2963
2964 @section TAP Names
2965 @cindex dotted name
2966
2967 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
2968 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
2969 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
2970 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
2971 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
2972 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
2973 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
2974 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
2975
2976 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
2977 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
2978 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
2979
2980 @quotation Tip
2981 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
2982 This feature is still present.
2983 However its use is highly discouraged, and
2984 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
2985 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
2986 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
2987 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
2988 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
2989 @end quotation
2990
2991 @section TAP Declaration Commands
2992
2993 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
2994 @anchor{jtag newtap}
2995 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
2996 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
2997 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
2998
2999 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3000 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3001 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3002 overridable.
3003
3004 @cindex TAP naming convention
3005 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3006 and should follow this convention:
3007
3008 @itemize @bullet
3009 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3010 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3011 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3012 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3013 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3014 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3015 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3016 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3017 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3018 with a single TAP;
3019 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3020 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3021 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3022 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3023 @end itemize
3024
3025 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3026
3027 @itemize @bullet
3028 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3029 @*The length in bits of the
3030 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3031 @end itemize
3032
3033 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3034
3035 @itemize @bullet
3036 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3037 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3038 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3039 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3040 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3041 (the TAP is linked in).
3042 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3043 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3044 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3045 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3046 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3047 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3048 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3049 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3050 values that were found but not included in the list.
3051
3052 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3053 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3054 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3055 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3056 hardware to find these values.
3057 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3058 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3059 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3060 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3061 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3062 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3063 the various chip IDs.
3064 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3065 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3066 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3067 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3068 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3069 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3070 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3071 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3072 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3073 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3074 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3075 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3076 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3077 @end itemize
3078 @end deffn
3079
3080 @section Other TAP commands
3081
3082 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3083 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3084 At this writing this TAP attribute
3085 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3086 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3087 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3088 See the next section for information about the available events.
3089
3090 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3091 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3092 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3093 @end deffn
3094
3095 @anchor{TAP Events}
3096 @section TAP Events
3097 @cindex events
3098 @cindex TAP events
3099
3100 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3101 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3102 The other applies to debugger targets,
3103 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3104
3105 The TAP events currently defined are:
3106
3107 @itemize @bullet
3108 @item @b{post-reset}
3109 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3110 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3111 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3112 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3113 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3114
3115 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3116 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3117 of any particular target.
3118 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3119 @item @b{setup}
3120 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3121 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3122 @item @b{tap-disable}
3123 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3124 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3125 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3126 @item @b{tap-enable}
3127 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3128 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3129 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3130 @end itemize
3131
3132 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3133 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3134 contents to be accurate), you might:
3135
3136 @example
3137 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3138 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3139 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3140 @}
3141 @end example
3142
3143
3144 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3145 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3146 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3147 @cindex jrc
3148
3149 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3150 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3151 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3152 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3153 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3154
3155 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3156 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3157 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3158 be visible.
3159 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3160 ignores, such as:
3161
3162 @itemize
3163 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3164 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3165 TAPs receive new instructions.
3166 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3167 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3168 @end itemize
3169
3170 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3171 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3172 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3173 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3174
3175 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3176 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3177
3178 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3179 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3180 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3181 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3182 should define TAP event handlers using
3183 code that looks something like this:
3184
3185 @example
3186 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3187 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3188 @}
3189 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3190 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3191 @}
3192 @end example
3193
3194 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3195
3196 @example
3197 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3198 @end example
3199
3200 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3201 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3202 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3203 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3204
3205 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3206 If necessary, disables the tap
3207 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3208 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3209 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3210 and "0" if it is disabled.
3211 @end deffn
3212
3213 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3214 If necessary, enables the tap
3215 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3216 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3217 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3218 and "0" if it is disabled.
3219 @end deffn
3220
3221 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3222 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3223 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3224 and "0" if it is disabled.
3225
3226 @quotation Note
3227 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3228 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3229 @end quotation
3230 @end deffn
3231
3232 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3233 @section Autoprobing
3234 @cindex autoprobe
3235 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3236
3237 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3238 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3239 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3240 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3241
3242 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3243 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3244 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3245 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3246 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3247 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3248 right when they come out of reset).
3249
3250 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3251
3252 @example
3253 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3254 reset_config trst_and_srst
3255 jtag_rclk 8
3256 @end example
3257
3258 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3259 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3260
3261 @enumerate
3262 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3263 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3264 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3265 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3266 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3267 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3268 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3269 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3270 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3271 that is discovered.
3272 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3273 register, it will report it.
3274 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3275 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3276 @end enumerate
3277
3278 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3279 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3280 that's a bit more complex:
3281
3282 @example
3283 clock speed 8 kHz
3284 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3285 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3286 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3287 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3288 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3289 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3290 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3291 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3292 @end example
3293
3294 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3295 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3296 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3297 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3298 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3299 and so forth.
3300
3301 @node CPU Configuration
3302 @chapter CPU Configuration
3303 @cindex GDB target
3304
3305 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3306 You can also access these targets without GDB
3307 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3308 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3309 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3310 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3311
3312 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3313 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3314
3315 @section Target List
3316 @cindex target, current
3317 @cindex target, list
3318
3319 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3320 where each member has a name.
3321 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3322 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3323 (plural!) command.
3324 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3325 look like with more than one:
3326 @verbatim
3327 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3328 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3329 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3330 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3331 @end verbatim
3332
3333 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3334 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3335 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3336 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3337 space seen by that current target.
3338 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3339 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3340 are examples; and there are many more.
3341
3342 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3343
3344 @deffn Command {target count}
3345 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3346 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3347 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3348
3349 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3350 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3351 @example
3352 set c [target count]
3353 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3354 # Assuming you have created this function
3355 print_target_details $x
3356 @}
3357 @end example
3358 @end deffn
3359
3360 @deffn Command {target current}
3361 Returns the name of the current target.
3362 @end deffn
3363
3364 @deffn Command {target names}
3365 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3366 @example
3367 foreach t [target names] @{
3368 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3369 @}
3370 @end example
3371 @end deffn
3372
3373 @deffn Command {target number} number
3374 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3375 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3376
3377 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3378 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3379 @example
3380 set thename [target number $x]
3381 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3382 @end example
3383 @end deffn
3384
3385 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3386 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3387
3388 @deffn Command targets [name]
3389 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3390 command names are singular.}
3391
3392 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3393 targets in a user friendly form.
3394
3395 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3396 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3397 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3398 @end deffn
3399
3400 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3401 @cindex target type
3402 @cindex CPU type
3403 @cindex CPU variant
3404
3405 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3406 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3407 when calling @command{target create}.
3408 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3409 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3410 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3411 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3412 what core-specific commands may be available
3413 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3414 and more.
3415
3416 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3417 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3418 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3419 worked around in some chip versions.
3420
3421 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3422 since there's a command to list them.
3423 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3424 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3425
3426 @anchor{target types}
3427 @deffn Command {target types}
3428 Lists all supported target types.
3429 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3430
3431 @itemize @bullet
3432 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3433 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3434 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3435 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3436 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3437 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3438 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3439 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3440 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3441 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3442 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3443 compact Thumb2 instruction set. It supports one variant:
3444 @itemize @minus
3445 @item @code{lm3s} ... Use this when debugging older Stellaris LM3S targets.
3446 This will cause OpenOCD to use a software reset rather than asserting
3447 SRST, to avoid a issue with clearing the debug registers.
3448 This is fixed in Fury Rev B, DustDevil Rev B, Tempest; these revisions will
3449 be detected and the normal reset behaviour used.
3450 @end itemize
3451 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3452 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3453 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3454 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3455 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3456 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3457 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3458 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3459 There are several variants defined:
3460 @itemize @minus
3461 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3462 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3463 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3464 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3465 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3466 @end itemize
3467 @end itemize
3468 @end deffn
3469
3470 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3471 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3472 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3473 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3474 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3475 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3476 reflect design generations;
3477 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3478 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3479
3480 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3481 @section Target Configuration
3482
3483 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3484 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3485 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3486 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3487 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3488
3489 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3490 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3491 optional parts.
3492 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3493 command, created as part of target creation.
3494
3495 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3496 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3497 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3498 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3499 to be much more board-specific.
3500 The key steps you use might look something like this
3501
3502 @example
3503 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3504 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3505 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3506 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3507 @end example
3508
3509 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3510 on-chip SRAM.
3511 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3512 writes to target memory;
3513 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3514 GDB memory checksumming;
3515 and more.
3516
3517 @quotation Warning
3518 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3519 inaccessible when application code
3520 (such as an operating system)
3521 enables or disables the MMU.
3522 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3523 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3524 easy access to other addresses needed.
3525 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3526 @end quotation
3527
3528 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3529 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3530 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3531 controllers.
3532 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3533 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3534 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3535
3536 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3537 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3538 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3539 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3540 purposes including additional configuration.
3541
3542 @itemize @bullet
3543 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3544 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3545 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3546 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3547
3548 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3549 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3550 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3551 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3552 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3553 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3554 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3555 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3556
3557 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3558 @end itemize
3559 @end deffn
3560
3561 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3562 The options accepted by this command may also be
3563 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3564 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3565 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3566
3567 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3568 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3569 and changing its endianness or variant.
3570
3571 @itemize @bullet
3572
3573 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3574 used to access this target.
3575
3576 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3577 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3578
3579 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3580 @xref{Target Events}.
3581 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3582 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3583 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3584 same event name assigns only one handler.
3585
3586 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3587 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3588
3589 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3590 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3591 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3592 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3593 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3594 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3595 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3596
3597 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3598 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3599 or virtual address is being used.
3600
3601 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3602 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3603
3604 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3605 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3606 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3607 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3608 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3609
3610 @end itemize
3611 @end deffn
3612
3613 @section Other $target_name Commands
3614 @cindex object command
3615
3616 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3617 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3618
3619 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3620 Once a button is created a button
3621 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3622 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3623 configure it like this:
3624
3625 @example
3626 # Create
3627 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3628 # Modify
3629 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3630 # Query
3631 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3632 # Report
3633 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3634 @end example
3635
3636 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3637 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3638
3639 @example
3640 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3641 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3642 @end example
3643
3644 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3645
3646 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3647 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3648 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3649 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3650 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3651 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3652 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3653 They are not otherwise documented here.
3654 @end deffn
3655
3656 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3657 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3658 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3659 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3660 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3661 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3662 the target side uses raw memory.
3663
3664 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3665 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3666 The script orientation comes from working with data
3667 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3668 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3669 and neither store nor return those values.
3670
3671 @itemize
3672 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3673 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3674 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3675 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3676 @end itemize
3677 @end deffn
3678
3679 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3680 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3681 @command{$target_name configure}
3682 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3683 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3684 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3685 There are a few special cases:
3686
3687 @itemize @bullet
3688 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3689 event named @var{event_name}.
3690 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3691 two parameters.
3692 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3693 This is a special case because this is set using
3694 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3695 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3696 @end itemize
3697
3698 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3699 all the targets you might use something like this:
3700
3701 @example
3702 foreach name [target names] @{
3703 set y [$name cget -endian]
3704 set z [$name cget -type]
3705 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3706 $x $name $y $z]
3707 @}
3708 @end example
3709 @end deffn
3710
3711 @anchor{target curstate}
3712 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3713 Displays the current target state:
3714 @code{debug-running},
3715 @code{halted},
3716 @code{reset},
3717 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3718 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3719 @end deffn
3720
3721 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3722 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3723 currently associated with this target.
3724 @xref{Target Events}.
3725 @end deffn
3726
3727 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3728 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3729 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3730 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3731 @end deffn
3732
3733 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3734 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3735 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3736 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3737 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3738 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3739 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3740 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3741 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3742 @end deffn
3743
3744 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3745 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3746 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3747 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3748 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3749 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3750 @end deffn
3751
3752 @anchor{Target Events}
3753 @section Target Events
3754 @cindex target events
3755 @cindex events
3756 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3757 For example:
3758 @itemize @bullet
3759 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3760 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3761 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3762 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3763 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3764 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3765 to set up system clocks or
3766 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3767 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3768 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3769 @end itemize
3770
3771 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3772 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3773 @command{target create ... -event}.
3774
3775 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3776 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3777 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3778
3779 @example
3780 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
3781 echo "Reset..."
3782 reset halt
3783 @}
3784 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
3785 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
3786 echo "Reset..."
3787 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
3788 reset init
3789 @}
3790 @end example
3791
3792 The following target events are defined:
3793
3794 @itemize @bullet
3795 @item @b{debug-halted}
3796 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
3797 @item @b{debug-resumed}
3798 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
3799 @item @b{early-halted}
3800 @* Occurs early in the halt process
3801 @ignore
3802 @item @b{examine-end}
3803 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
3804 @item @b{examine-start}
3805 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
3806 @end ignore
3807 @item @b{gdb-attach}
3808 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
3809 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
3810 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
3811 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
3812 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
3813 @item @b{gdb-detach}
3814 @* When GDB disconnects
3815 @item @b{gdb-end}
3816 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
3817 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
3818 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
3819 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
3820 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
3821 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
3822 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
3823 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
3824 @* After GDB writes to the flash
3825 @item @b{gdb-start}
3826 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
3827 @item @b{halted}
3828 @* The target has halted
3829 @ignore
3830 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
3831 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3832 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
3833 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
3834 @end ignore
3835 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
3836 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3837 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
3838 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
3839 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
3840 @item @b{reset-assert}
3841 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3842 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
3843 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
3844 it instead of asserting SRST.
3845 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
3846 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
3847 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
3848 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
3849 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3850 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
3851 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
3852 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
3853 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3854 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
3855 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
3856 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3857 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
3858 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
3859 released on the scan chain.
3860 @item @b{reset-end}
3861 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
3862 @ignore
3863 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
3864 @* Currently not used
3865 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
3866 @* Currently not used
3867 @end ignore
3868 @item @b{reset-init}
3869 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
3870 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
3871
3872 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
3873 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
3874 multiplexing, and so on.
3875 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
3876 the target clocks are fully set up.)
3877 @item @b{reset-start}
3878 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
3879 before @command{reset_init} is called.
3880
3881 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
3882 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
3883 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
3884 @ignore
3885 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
3886 @* Currently not used
3887 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
3888 @* Currently not used
3889 @end ignore
3890 @item @b{resume-start}
3891 @* Before any target is resumed
3892 @item @b{resume-end}
3893 @* After all targets have resumed
3894 @item @b{resume-ok}
3895 @* Success
3896 @item @b{resumed}
3897 @* Target has resumed
3898 @end itemize
3899
3900
3901 @node Flash Commands
3902 @chapter Flash Commands
3903
3904 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
3905 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
3906 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
3907 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
3908 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
3909 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
3910 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
3911 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
3912 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
3913
3914 Flash Steps:
3915 @enumerate
3916 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
3917 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
3918 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
3919 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
3920 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
3921 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
3922 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
3923 @item GDB Flashing
3924 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
3925 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
3926 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
3927 @end enumerate
3928
3929 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
3930 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
3931 so that it can't boot.
3932 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
3933 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
3934
3935 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
3936 @section Flash Configuration Commands
3937 @cindex flash configuration
3938
3939 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
3940 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
3941 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
3942 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
3943 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
3944 see the driver-specific documentation.
3945
3946 @itemize @bullet
3947 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
3948 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
3949 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
3950 associated with the flash bank being declared.
3951 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
3952 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
3953 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
3954 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
3955 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
3956 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
3957 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
3958 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3959 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
3960 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
3961 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
3962 commands to the flash controller.
3963 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
3964 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
3965 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
3966 for more information.
3967 @end itemize
3968 @quotation Note
3969 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
3970 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
3971 @end quotation
3972 @end deffn
3973
3974 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
3975 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
3976 @deffn Command {flash banks}
3977 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
3978 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3979 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
3980 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
3981 @end deffn
3982
3983 @deffn Command {flash list}
3984 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
3985 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
3986 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
3987 @end deffn
3988
3989 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
3990 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
3991 depends on the flash type.
3992 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
3993 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
3994 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
3995 but most don't bother.
3996 @end deffn
3997
3998 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
3999 @cindex flash erasing
4000 @cindex flash reading
4001 @cindex flash writing
4002 @cindex flash programming
4003
4004 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4005 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4006 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4007 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4008 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4009
4010 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4011 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4012 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4013 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4014 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4015
4016 @quotation Note
4017 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4018 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4019 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4020 back to a flash bank.
4021 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4022 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4023 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4024 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4025 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4026 @end quotation
4027
4028 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4029 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4030 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4031 disabled first.
4032 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4033 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4034 @xref{flash protect}.
4035
4036 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4037 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4038 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4039 up to and including @var{last}.
4040 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4041 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4042 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4043 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4044 @end deffn
4045
4046 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4047 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4048 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4049 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4050 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4051 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4052 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4053 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4054 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4055 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4056 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4057 before erase starts.
4058 @end deffn
4059
4060 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4061 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4062 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4063 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4064 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4065 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4066 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4067 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4068 before issuing this command.
4069 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4070 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4071 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4072 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4073 @end deffn
4074 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4075
4076 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4077 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4078 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4079 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4080 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4081 @end deffn
4082
4083 @anchor{flash write_image}
4084 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4085 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4086 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4087 to the base address for each section in the image.
4088 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4089 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4090 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4091 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4092 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4093 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4094 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4095 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4096 each image section.
4097
4098 @quotation Warning
4099 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4100 data you want to preserve.
4101 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4102 sections might be erased with no notice.
4103 @itemize
4104 @item
4105 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4106 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4107 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4108 @item
4109 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4110 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4111 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4112 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4113 @end itemize
4114 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4115 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4116 @end quotation
4117
4118 @end deffn
4119
4120 @section Other Flash commands
4121 @cindex flash protection
4122
4123 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4124 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4125 and display that status.
4126 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4127 @end deffn
4128
4129 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4130 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4131 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4132 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4133 and possibly stale information.
4134 @end deffn
4135
4136 @anchor{flash protect}
4137 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4138 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4139 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4140 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4141 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4142 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4143 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4144 @end deffn
4145
4146 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4147 @section Flash Driver List
4148 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4149 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4150 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4151
4152 @subsection External Flash
4153
4154 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4155 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4156 @cindex CFI
4157 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4158 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4159 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4160 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4161 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4162 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4163 configure a bus and its timings), or
4164 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4165 on the flash chip.
4166 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4167 speed up operation.
4168
4169 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4170
4171 @itemize
4172 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4173 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4174 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4175 @end itemize
4176
4177 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4178 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4179
4180 @example
4181 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4182 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4183 @end example
4184
4185 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4186 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4187 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4188
4189 @example
4190 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4191 @end example
4192
4193 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4194 @end deffn
4195
4196 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4197
4198 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4199 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4200 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4201 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4202 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4203 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4204
4205 @example
4206 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4207 @end example
4208 @end deffn
4209
4210 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4211 @cindex at91sam3
4212 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4213 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4214 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4215 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4216 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4217 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4218 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4219 chips are confirmed.}
4220
4221 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4222 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4223 the following fixed locations:
4224
4225 @example
4226 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4227 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4228 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4229 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4230 @end example
4231
4232 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4233 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4234 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4235
4236 @itemize
4237 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4238 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4239 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4240 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4241 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4242 @end itemize
4243
4244 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4245
4246 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4247 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4248 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4249 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4250 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4251 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4252 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4253
4254 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4255 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4256 @end deffn
4257
4258 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4259 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4260 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4261 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4262 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4263 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4264 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4265 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4266 @end deffn
4267
4268 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4269 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4270 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4271 @end deffn
4272 @end deffn
4273
4274 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4275 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4276 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4277 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4278 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4279
4280 @example
4281 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4282 @end example
4283
4284 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4285 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4286
4287 @itemize
4288 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4289 @item @var{banks}
4290 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4291 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4292 @item @var{pages_size}
4293 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4294 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4295 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4296 @end itemize
4297
4298 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4299 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4300 will be autoconfigured.
4301 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4302
4303 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4304 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4305 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4306 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4307 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4308
4309 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4310 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4311 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4312 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4313 are not truly general purpose).
4314 @quotation Note
4315 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4316 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4317 @end quotation
4318 @end deffn
4319 @end deffn
4320
4321 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4322 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4323 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4324 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4325 @end deffn
4326
4327 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4328 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4329 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4330 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4331 and executed.
4332 @end deffn
4333
4334 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4335 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4336 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4337
4338 @quotation Note
4339 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4340 driver:
4341 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4342 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4343 @end quotation
4344
4345 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4346 which must appear in the following order:
4347
4348 @itemize
4349 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4350 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4351 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4352 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4353 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4354 at which the core is running
4355 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4356 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4357 @quotation Note
4358 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4359 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4360 However, if you do provide it,
4361 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4362 @end quotation
4363 @end itemize
4364
4365 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4366
4367 @example
4368 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4369 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4370 @end example
4371
4372 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4373 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4374 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4375 @end deffn
4376 @end deffn
4377
4378 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4379 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4380 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4381 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4382 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4383 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4384
4385 @example
4386 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4387 @end example
4388 @end deffn
4389
4390 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4391 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4392 from NXP.
4393
4394 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4395 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4396 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4397 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4398 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4399 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4400 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4401 you start the PLL.
4402
4403 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4404
4405 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4406 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4407 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4408
4409 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4410 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4411 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4412 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4413 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4414 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4415 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4416
4417 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4418 @example
4419 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4420 @end example
4421
4422 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4423 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4424 @code{flash banks} command.
4425
4426 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4427 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4428 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4429 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4430 a known signature.
4431 Example:
4432 @example
4433 lpc2900 signature 0
4434 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4435 @end example
4436 @end deffn
4437
4438 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4439 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4440 saves it to a file in binary format.
4441 Example:
4442 @example
4443 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4444 @end example
4445 @end deffn
4446
4447 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4448 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4449 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4450 command:
4451
4452 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4453 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4454 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4455 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4456
4457 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4458 Example:
4459 @example
4460 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4461 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4462 @end example
4463 @end deffn
4464
4465 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4466 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4467 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4468 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4469 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4470 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4471 912 bytes.
4472 @quotation Attention
4473 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4474 @end quotation
4475 Example:
4476 @example
4477 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4478 @end example
4479 @end deffn
4480
4481 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4482 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4483 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4484 after the next power cycle.
4485 @quotation Attention
4486 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4487 @end quotation
4488 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4489 Example:
4490 @example
4491 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4492 flash info 0
4493 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4494 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4495 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4496 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4497 @end example
4498 @end deffn
4499
4500 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4501 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4502 effective after the next power cycle.
4503 @quotation Attention
4504 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4505 @end quotation
4506 Examples:
4507 @example
4508 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4509 @end example
4510 @end deffn
4511 @end deffn
4512
4513 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4514 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4515
4516 @example
4517 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4518 @end example
4519 @end deffn
4520
4521 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4522 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4523 and integrate flash memory.
4524
4525 @example
4526 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4527 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4528 @end example
4529
4530 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4531 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4532 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4533 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4534 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4535 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4536 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4537 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4538 @end deffn
4539 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4540 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4541 This will remove any Code Protection.
4542 @end deffn
4543 @end deffn
4544
4545 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4546 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4547 Texas Instruments
4548 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4549 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4550 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4551 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4552 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4553 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4554
4555 @example
4556 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4557 @end example
4558 @end deffn
4559
4560 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4561 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4562 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4563 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4564 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4565 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4566
4567 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4568 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4569 @quotation Warning
4570 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4571 applied to all of them.
4572 @end quotation
4573 @end deffn
4574
4575 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32x
4576 All members of the STM32 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4577 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4578 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4579 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4580
4581 @example
4582 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4583 @end example
4584
4585 Some stm32x-specific commands
4586 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32x mass_erase} command.
4587 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4588 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4589 are defined:
4590
4591 @deffn Command {stm32x lock} num
4592 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4593 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4594 @end deffn
4595
4596 @deffn Command {stm32x unlock} num
4597 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4598 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4599 @end deffn
4600
4601 @deffn Command {stm32x options_read} num
4602 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4603 the @command{stm32x options_write} command.
4604 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4605 @end deffn
4606
4607 @deffn Command {stm32x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4608 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4609 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4610 @end deffn
4611 @end deffn
4612
4613 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4614 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4615 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4616 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4617 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4618
4619 @example
4620 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4621 @end example
4622
4623 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4624 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4625 for the specified flash bank.
4626 @end deffn
4627 @end deffn
4628
4629 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4630 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4631 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4632 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4633 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4634
4635 @example
4636 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4637 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4638 @end example
4639
4640 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4641 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4642 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4643
4644 @itemize @bullet
4645 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4646 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4647 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4648 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4649 @end itemize
4650 @end deffn
4651
4652 @end deffn
4653
4654 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4655 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4656 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4657 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4658
4659 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4660
4661 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4662 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4663 @end deffn
4664
4665 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4666 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4667 @end deffn
4668
4669 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4670 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4671 the flash clock.
4672 @end deffn
4673 @end deffn
4674
4675 @subsection str9xpec driver
4676 @cindex str9xpec
4677
4678 Here is some background info to help
4679 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4680 the str9:
4681 @enumerate
4682 @item
4683 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4684 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4685 @item
4686 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4687 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4688 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4689 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4690 @end enumerate
4691
4692 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4693 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4694 configured for flash bank 0.
4695 @example
4696 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4697 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4698 jtag_reset 0 1
4699 # turn off target polling
4700 poll off
4701 # disable str9 core
4702 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4703 # read option bytes
4704 str9xpec options_read 0
4705 # re-enable str9 core
4706 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4707 poll on
4708 reset halt
4709 @end example
4710 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4711 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4712 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
4713 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
4714
4715 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
4716 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
4717 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
4718 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
4719 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
4720
4721 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
4722
4723 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
4724 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
4725 @end deffn
4726
4727 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
4728 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
4729 directly to the embedded flash controller.
4730 @end deffn
4731
4732 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
4733 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
4734 erase the device.
4735 @end deffn
4736
4737 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
4738 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
4739 @end deffn
4740
4741 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
4742 Configure str9 boot bank.
4743 @end deffn
4744
4745 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4746 Configure str9 lvd source.
4747 @end deffn
4748
4749 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
4750 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
4751 @end deffn
4752
4753 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
4754 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
4755 @end deffn
4756
4757 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
4758 Read str9 option bytes.
4759 @end deffn
4760
4761 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
4762 Write str9 option bytes.
4763 @end deffn
4764
4765 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
4766 unlock str9 device.
4767 @end deffn
4768
4769 @end deffn
4770
4771
4772 @section mFlash
4773
4774 @subsection mFlash Configuration
4775 @cindex mFlash Configuration
4776
4777 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
4778 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
4779 address @var{base}.
4780 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
4781 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
4782
4783 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
4784
4785 @example
4786 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
4787 @end example
4788
4789 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
4790
4791 @example
4792 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
4793 @end example
4794 @end deffn
4795
4796 @subsection mFlash commands
4797 @cindex mFlash commands
4798
4799 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
4800 Configure mflash PLL.
4801 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
4802 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
4803 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
4804 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
4808 Configure bootable option.
4809 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
4810 (4kB) for boot.
4811 @end deffn
4812
4813 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
4814 Configure storage information.
4815 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
4816 written.
4817 @end deffn
4818
4819 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
4820 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
4821 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
4822 @end deffn
4823
4824 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
4825 Probe mflash.
4826 @end deffn
4827
4828 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
4829 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
4830 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4831 @end deffn
4832
4833 @node NAND Flash Commands
4834 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
4835 @cindex NAND
4836
4837 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
4838 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
4839 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
4840
4841 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
4842 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
4843 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
4844 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
4845 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
4846 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
4847
4848 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
4849 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
4850 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
4851 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
4852 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
4853 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
4854 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
4855 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
4856 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
4857 with techniques such as wear leveling.
4858
4859 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
4860 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
4861 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
4862 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
4863 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
4864 every 512 bytes of data.
4865
4866 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
4867 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
4868 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
4869 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
4870 ECC mode is used.
4871
4872 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
4873 @enumerate
4874 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
4875 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4876 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
4877 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
4878 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
4879 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
4880 to access that device.
4881 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
4882 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4883 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
4884 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
4885 de-brick a board.
4886 @end enumerate
4887
4888 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
4889 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
4890 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
4891 are only 32 bits wide.
4892 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
4893 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
4894 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
4895 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
4896
4897 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
4898 @section NAND Configuration Commands
4899 @cindex NAND configuration
4900
4901 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
4902 plus some additional configuration that's done after
4903 OpenOCD has initialized.
4904
4905 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
4906 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
4907 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
4908 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
4909 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
4910 they were a single (larger) device.
4911 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
4912 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
4913
4914 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
4915 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
4916 configuration files, not interactively.
4917
4918 @itemize @bullet
4919 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
4920 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
4921 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
4922 associated with the NAND device being declared.
4923 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
4924 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
4925 commands to the NAND controller.
4926 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4927 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
4928 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
4929 for more information.
4930 @end itemize
4931 @end deffn
4932
4933 @deffn Command {nand list}
4934 Prints a summary of each device declared
4935 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
4936 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
4937 @example
4938 > nand list
4939 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4940 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4941 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
4942 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
4943 >
4944 @end example
4945 @end deffn
4946
4947 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
4948 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
4949 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
4950 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4951 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
4952 it with most other NAND commands.
4953 @end deffn
4954
4955 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
4956
4957 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
4958 @cindex NAND reading
4959 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
4960 starting at the specified offset.
4961 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
4962
4963 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
4964 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
4965
4966 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
4967 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
4968 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
4969
4970 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
4971 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
4972 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
4973 method which handled that error correction.
4974
4975 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
4976 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
4977 @itemize @bullet
4978 @item no oob_* parameter
4979 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
4980 @item @code{oob_raw}
4981 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
4982 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
4983 spare areas associated with each data page.
4984 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
4985 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
4986 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
4987 @item @code{oob_only}
4988 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
4989 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
4990 spare areas associated with each data page.
4991 @end itemize
4992 @end deffn
4993
4994 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
4995 @cindex NAND erasing
4996 @cindex NAND programming
4997 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
4998 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
4999 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5000 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5001 If those parameters are not specified,
5002 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5003 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5004
5005 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5006 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5007 block marker.
5008 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5009 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5010 @end deffn
5011
5012 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5013 @cindex NAND writing
5014 @cindex NAND programming
5015 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5016 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5017 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5018 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5019
5020 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5021 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5022
5023 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5024 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5025 past the end of the device.
5026 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5027 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5028 if that's being written.)
5029
5030 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5031 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5032 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5033
5034 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5035 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5036 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5037 @itemize @bullet
5038 @item no oob_* parameter
5039 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5040 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5041 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5042 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5043 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5044 @item @code{oob_only}
5045 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5046 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5047 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5048 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5049 @item @code{oob_raw}
5050 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5051 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5052 un-altered OOB.
5053 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5054 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5055 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5056 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5057 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5058 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5059 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5060 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5061 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5062 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5063 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5064 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5065 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5066 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5067 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5068 @end itemize
5069 @end deffn
5070
5071 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5072 @cindex NAND verification
5073 @cindex NAND programming
5074 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5075 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5076 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5077
5078 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5079 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5080
5081 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5082 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5083 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5084 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5085 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5086
5087 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5088 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5089 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5090
5091 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5092 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5093 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5094 be removed in a future release.
5095 @end deffn
5096
5097 @section Other NAND commands
5098 @cindex NAND other commands
5099
5100 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} [offset length]
5101 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5102 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5103 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5104 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5105 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5106 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5107 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5108
5109 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5110 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5111 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5112 @end deffn
5113
5114 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5115 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5116 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5117 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5118 status for each block.
5119 @end deffn
5120
5121 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5122 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5123 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5124
5125 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5126 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5127 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5128 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5129 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5130
5131 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5132 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5133 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5134 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5135 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5136 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5137 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5138 @end deffn
5139
5140 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5141 @section NAND Driver List
5142 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5143 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5144 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5145
5146 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5147 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5148 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5149 address of the ECC controller.
5150 @example
5151 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5152 @end example
5153 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5154 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5155 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5156 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5157 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5158 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5159 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5160 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5161 @end deffn
5162 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5163 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5164 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5165 @end deffn
5166
5167 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5168 properly configured for input or output.
5169 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5170 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5171 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5172 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5173 @end deffn
5174 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5175 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5176 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5177 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5178 @end deffn
5179 @end deffn
5180
5181 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5182 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5183 chips from Texas Instruments.
5184 It takes three extra parameters:
5185 address of the NAND chip;
5186 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5187 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5188 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5189 @example
5190 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5191 @end example
5192 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5193 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5194 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5195 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5196 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5197 @end deffn
5198
5199 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5200 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5201 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5202 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5203 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5204 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5205 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5206 @end deffn
5207
5208 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5209 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5210 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5211 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5212 @end deffn
5213 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5214
5215 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5216 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5217 parameter: the address of the controller.
5218 @example
5219 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5220 @end example
5221 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5222 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5223 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5224 change any behavior.
5225 @end deffn
5226
5227 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5228 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5229 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5230 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5231 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5232 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5233 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5234 specialized commands.
5235 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5236 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5237 change any behavior.
5238 @end deffn
5239
5240 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5241 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5242 @cindex PLD
5243 @cindex FPGA
5244
5245 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5246 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5247 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5248 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5249 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5250 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5251 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5252
5253 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5254
5255 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5256 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5257 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5258
5259 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5260 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5261
5262 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5263 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5264 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5265 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5266 behavior.
5267 @end deffn
5268
5269 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5270 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5271 @end deffn
5272
5273 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5274 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5275 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5276 @end deffn
5277
5278 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5279
5280 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5281 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5282 that particular type of PLD.
5283
5284 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5285 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5286 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5287 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5288 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5289
5290 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5291 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5292 for FPGA @var{num}.
5293 @end deffn
5294 @end deffn
5295
5296 @node General Commands
5297 @chapter General Commands
5298 @cindex commands
5299
5300 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5301 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5302 commands are documented elsewhere.
5303
5304 Intent:
5305 @itemize @bullet
5306 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5307 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5308 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5309 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5310
5311 @item @b{From the human}
5312 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5313 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5314
5315 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5316 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5317 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5318
5319 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5320 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5321 port is 5555.
5322 @end itemize
5323
5324
5325 @section Daemon Commands
5326
5327 @deffn {Command} exit
5328 Exits the current telnet session.
5329 @end deffn
5330
5331 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5332 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5333 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5334 Not every command provides helptext.
5335
5336 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5337 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5338 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5339 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5340 @end deffn
5341
5342 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5343 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5344 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5345 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5346 Useful in connection with script files
5347 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5348 @end deffn
5349
5350 @deffn Command shutdown
5351 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5352 @end deffn
5353
5354 @anchor{debug_level}
5355 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5356 @cindex message level
5357 Display debug level.
5358 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5359 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5360 Level 0 is error messages only;
5361 level 1 adds warnings;
5362 level 2 adds informational messages;
5363 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5364 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5365 the command line along with the location of that log
5366 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5367 @xref{Running}.
5368 @end deffn
5369
5370 @deffn Command fast (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5371 Default disabled.
5372 Set default behaviour of OpenOCD to be "fast and dangerous".
5373
5374 At this writing, this only affects the defaults for two ARM7/ARM9 parameters:
5375 fast memory access, and DCC downloads. Those parameters may still be
5376 individually overridden.
5377
5378 The target specific "dangerous" optimisation tweaking options may come and go
5379 as more robust and user friendly ways are found to ensure maximum throughput
5380 and robustness with a minimum of configuration.
5381
5382 Typically the "fast enable" is specified first on the command line:
5383
5384 @example
5385 openocd -c "fast enable" -c "interface dummy" -f target/str710.cfg
5386 @end example
5387 @end deffn
5388
5389 @deffn Command echo message
5390 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5391 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5392 @example
5393 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5394 @end example
5395 @end deffn
5396
5397 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5398 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5399 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5400 @end deffn
5401
5402 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5403 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5404 @end deffn
5405
5406 @anchor{Target State handling}
5407 @section Target State handling
5408 @cindex reset
5409 @cindex halt
5410 @cindex target initialization
5411
5412 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5413 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5414 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5415 a current target which is used to perform the
5416 various operations. The current target may be changed
5417 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5418 target which should become current.
5419
5420 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5421 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5422 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5423 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5424 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5425
5426 @emph{With no arguments}:
5427 list all available registers for the current target,
5428 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5429 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5430 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5431 are flagged as such.
5432
5433 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5434
5435 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5436 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5437 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5438 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5439 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5440 relevant module will flush such values.
5441
5442 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5443 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5444
5445 @example
5446 > reg
5447 ===== ARM registers
5448 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5449 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5450 (2) r2 (/32)
5451 ...
5452 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5453 >
5454 @end example
5455 @end deffn
5456
5457 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5458 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5459 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5460 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5461 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5462 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5463 (and enter debug mode).
5464 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5465
5466 @quotation Warning
5467 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5468 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5469 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5470 power mode by gating the core clock;
5471 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5472
5473 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5474 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5475 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5476 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5477 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5478 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5479
5480 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5481 work with a JTAG debugger.
5482 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5483 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5484 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5485 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5486 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5487 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5488 @end quotation
5489
5490 @end deffn
5491
5492 @deffn Command resume [address]
5493 Resume the target at its current code position,
5494 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5495 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5496 @end deffn
5497
5498 @deffn Command step [address]
5499 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5500 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5501 @end deffn
5502
5503 @anchor{Reset Command}
5504 @deffn Command reset
5505 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5506 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5507 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5508 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5509 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5510 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5511
5512 The optional parameter specifies what should
5513 happen after the reset.
5514 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5515 The other options will not work on all systems.
5516 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5517
5518 @itemize @minus
5519 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5520 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5521 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5522 @end itemize
5523 @end deffn
5524
5525 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5526 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5527 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5528 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5529 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5530 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5531 state.
5532 @end deffn
5533
5534 @section I/O Utilities
5535
5536 These commands are available when
5537 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5538 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5539 notably the ZY1000.
5540 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5541
5542 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5543
5544 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5545 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5546 the text file @file{filename}.
5547 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5548 The last string is followed by a newline.
5549 @end deffn
5550
5551 @deffn Command cat filename
5552 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5553 @end deffn
5554
5555 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5556 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5557 into @file{dest_filename}.
5558 @end deffn
5559
5560 @deffn Command ip
5561 @emph{No description provided.}
5562 @end deffn
5563
5564 @deffn Command ls
5565 @emph{No description provided.}
5566 @end deffn
5567
5568 @deffn Command mac
5569 @emph{No description provided.}
5570 @end deffn
5571
5572 @deffn Command meminfo
5573 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5574 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn Command peek
5578 @emph{No description provided.}
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn Command poke
5582 @emph{No description provided.}
5583 @end deffn
5584
5585 @deffn Command rm filename
5586 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5587 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5588 @end deffn
5589
5590 @deffn Command trunc filename
5591 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5592 @end deffn
5593
5594 @anchor{Memory access}
5595 @section Memory access commands
5596 @cindex memory access
5597
5598 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5599 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5600 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5601 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5602
5603 @enumerate
5604 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5605 to change the current target.
5606 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5607 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5608 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5609 @end enumerate
5610
5611 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5612 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5613 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5614 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5615 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5616 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5617 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5618 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5619 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5620 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5621 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5622 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5623 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5624 @end deffn
5625
5626 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5627 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5628 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5629 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5630 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5631 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5632 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5633 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5634 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5635 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5636 @end deffn
5637
5638
5639 @anchor{Image access}
5640 @section Image loading commands
5641 @cindex image loading
5642 @cindex image dumping
5643
5644 @anchor{dump_image}
5645 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5646 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5647 binary file named @var{filename}.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5651 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5652 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5653 @end deffn
5654
5655 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5656 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5657 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5658 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5659 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5660 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5661 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5662 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5663 separately.
5664 @end deffn
5665
5666 @anchor{load_image}
5667 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5668 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5669 The file format may optionally be specified
5670 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf}).
5671 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5672 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5673 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5674 @example
5675 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5676 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5677 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5678 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5679 @}
5680 @end example
5681 @end deffn
5682
5683 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5684 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5685 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5686 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5687 The file format may optionally be specified
5688 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5689 @end deffn
5690
5691 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5692 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5693 The file format may optionally be specified
5694 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5695 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5696 @end deffn
5697
5698
5699 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5700 @cindex breakpoint
5701 @cindex watchpoint
5702
5703 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5704 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5705 watchpoints.
5706 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5707
5708 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5709 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
5710 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
5711 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5712 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
5713 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
5714
5715 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
5716 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
5717 @end deffn
5718
5719 @deffn Command {rbp} address
5720 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
5721 @end deffn
5722
5723 @deffn Command {rwp} address
5724 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
5725 @end deffn
5726
5727 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
5728 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
5729 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
5730 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
5731 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
5732 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
5733 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
5734 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
5735 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
5736 @end deffn
5737
5738 @section Misc Commands
5739
5740 @cindex profiling
5741 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
5742 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
5743 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
5744 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
5745 @end deffn
5746
5747 @deffn Command {version}
5748 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
5749 @end deffn
5750
5751 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
5752 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
5753 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
5754 @end deffn
5755
5756 @node Architecture and Core Commands
5757 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
5758 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
5759 @cindex Core Specific Commands
5760
5761 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
5762 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
5763 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
5764 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
5765
5766 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
5767 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
5768 @cindex tracing
5769 @cindex ETM
5770 @cindex ETB
5771
5772 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
5773 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
5774 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
5775
5776 @itemize
5777 @item
5778 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
5779 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
5780 supports such an interface.
5781 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
5782 and trace port support.)
5783 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
5784 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
5785 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
5786 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
5787 in the board-specific configuration file.
5788 @item
5789 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
5790 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
5791 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
5792 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
5793 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
5794 @end itemize
5795
5796 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
5797
5798 @quotation Issues
5799 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
5800 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
5801
5802 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
5803 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
5804 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
5805 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
5806 dummy trace port driver}.
5807
5808 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
5809 as well as tracing only during specific states
5810 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
5811
5812 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
5813 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
5814 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
5815 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
5816 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
5817
5818 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
5819 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
5820 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
5821 this original style of JTAG access.
5822 @end quotation
5823
5824 @subsection ETM Configuration
5825 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
5826
5827 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
5828 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
5829 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
5830
5831 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
5832 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
5833 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
5834 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
5835 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
5836 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
5837 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
5838 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
5839 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
5840
5841 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
5842 or @option{demultiplexed}.
5843 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
5844
5845 @quotation Warning
5846 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
5847 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
5848 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
5849 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
5850 @end quotation
5851
5852 @quotation Note
5853 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
5854 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
5855 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
5856 what CPU activities are traced.
5857 @end quotation
5858 @end deffn
5859
5860 @deffn Command {etm info}
5861 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
5862 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
5863 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
5864 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
5865 @end deffn
5866
5867 @deffn Command {etm status}
5868 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
5869 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
5870 Did trace data overflow?
5871 Was it triggered?
5872 @end deffn
5873
5874 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
5875 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
5876 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
5877 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
5878 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
5879
5880 @itemize
5881 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
5882 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
5883 The value is one of
5884 @option{none} (save nothing),
5885 @option{data} (save data),
5886 @option{address} (save addresses),
5887 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
5888 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
5889 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
5890 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
5891 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
5892 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
5893 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
5894 trace stream without an image of the code.
5895 @end itemize
5896 @end deffn
5897
5898 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5899 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
5900 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
5901 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
5902 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
5903
5904 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
5905 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
5906 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
5907 @end deffn
5908
5909 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
5910
5911 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
5912 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
5913 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
5914
5915 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
5916 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
5917 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
5918 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
5919 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
5920 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
5921 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
5922
5923 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
5924
5925 @itemize
5926 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
5927 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
5928 for instruction access within that function's body.
5929 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
5930 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
5931 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
5932 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
5933 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
5934 combining one of the above models with a counter.
5935 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
5936 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
5937 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
5938 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
5939 @item @emph{... more}
5940 @end itemize
5941
5942 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
5943 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
5944
5945 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
5946 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
5947 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
5948 @end deffn
5949
5950 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
5951 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
5952 @end deffn
5953
5954 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
5955 Opens an image file.
5956 @end deffn
5957
5958 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
5959 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
5960 @end deffn
5961
5962 @deffn Command {etm start}
5963 Starts trace data collection.
5964 @end deffn
5965
5966 @deffn Command {etm stop}
5967 Stops trace data collection.
5968 @end deffn
5969
5970 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
5971 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
5972
5973 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
5974
5975 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
5976 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
5977 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
5978 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
5979 any trace data collection.}
5980 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
5981 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
5982 @end deffn
5983 @end deffn
5984
5985 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
5986 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
5987 to use on-chip ETB memory.
5988 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
5989 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
5990 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
5991 @end deffn
5992 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
5993 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
5994 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
5995 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
5996 trace trigger becomes active.
5997
5998 @itemize
5999 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6000 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6001 afterwards.
6002 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6003 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6004 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6005 what caused that event to happen.
6006 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6007 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6008 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6009 how the event caused trouble.
6010 @end itemize
6011 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6012 @end deffn
6013
6014 @end deffn
6015
6016 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6017 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6018 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6019 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6020 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6021
6022 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6023 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6024
6025 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6026 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6027 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6028 @end deffn
6029
6030 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6031 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6032 @end deffn
6033
6034 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6035 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6036 @end deffn
6037 @end deffn
6038
6039
6040 @section Generic ARM
6041 @cindex ARM
6042
6043 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6044 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6045 commands that may be available.
6046
6047 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6048 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6049 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6050 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6051 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6052 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6053 @end deffn
6054
6055 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6056 @cindex disassemble
6057 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6058 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6059 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6060 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6061 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6062 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6063 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6064
6065 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6066 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6067 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6068 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6069 with a handful of exceptions.
6070 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6071 @end deffn
6072
6073 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6074 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6075 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6076 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6077 and using the MCR instruction.
6078 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6079 an ARM register.)
6080 @end deffn
6081
6082 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6083 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6084 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6085 and the MRC instruction.
6086 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6087 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6088 an ARM register.)
6089 @end deffn
6090
6091 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6092 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6093 core mode if necessary.
6094 @end deffn
6095
6096 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6097 @cindex ARM semihosting
6098 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6099
6100 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6101 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6102 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6103 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6104 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6105 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6106 @end deffn
6107
6108 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6109 @cindex ARMv4
6110 @cindex ARMv5
6111
6112 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6113 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6114 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6115 variant.
6116
6117 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6118 @cindex ARM7
6119 @cindex ARM9
6120
6121 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6122 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6123 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6124 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6125
6126 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6127 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6128 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6129 instead of breakpoints.
6130 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6131
6132 This should be
6133 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6134 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6135 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6136 @end deffn
6137
6138 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6139 @cindex DCC
6140 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6141 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6142 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6143
6144 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6145 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6146 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6147 @end deffn
6148
6149 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6150 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6151 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6152 that don't check completion of the operation.
6153 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6154
6155 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6156 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6157 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6158 @end deffn
6159
6160 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6161 @cindex ARM720T
6162
6163 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6164 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6165 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6166 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6167
6168 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6169 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6170 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6171
6172 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6173 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6174 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6175 @end deffn
6176
6177 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6178 @cindex ARM9
6179
6180 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6181 integer processors.
6182 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6183
6184 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6185 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6186 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6187 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6188
6189 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6190 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6191 @cindex vector_catch
6192 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6193 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6194 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6195 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6196 to those hardware vectors.
6197
6198 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6199 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6200 vector catch hardware to intercept
6201 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6202 @option{none} of them,
6203 or a list with one or more of the following:
6204 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6205 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6206 @end deffn
6207
6208 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6209 @cindex ARM920T
6210
6211 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6212 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6213 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6214 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6215 and ARM9 commands.
6216
6217 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6218 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6219 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6220 @end deffn
6221
6222 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6223 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6224 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6225 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6226 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6227 (Not all registers can be written.)
6228 @end deffn
6229
6230 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6231 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6232 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6233
6234 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6235 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6236 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6237 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6238 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6239 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6240 @end deffn
6241
6242 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6243 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6244 @end deffn
6245
6246 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6247 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6248 @end deffn
6249
6250 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6251 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6252
6253 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6254 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6255 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6256 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6257 and ARM9 commands.
6258
6259 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6260 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6261
6262 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6263 Print information about the caches found.
6264 @end deffn
6265
6266 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6267 @cindex ARM966E
6268
6269 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6270 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6271 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6272 and ARM9 commands.
6273
6274 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6275 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6276 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6277 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6278 ARM966E-S TRM.
6279 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6280 as required for BIST support.
6281 @end deffn
6282
6283 @subsection XScale specific commands
6284 @cindex XScale
6285
6286 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6287
6288 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6289 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6290 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6291 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6292 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6293 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6294 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6295
6296 OpenOCD currently does not sync the mini-IC entries with the RAM
6297 contents (which would fail anyway while the target is running), so
6298 the user must provide appropriate values using the @code{xscale
6299 vector_table} command.
6300
6301 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6302 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6303 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6304 code layout in memory:
6305 @example
6306 _vectors:
6307 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6308 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6309 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6310 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6311 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6312 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6313 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6314 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6315 .org 0x100
6316 .long real_reset_vector
6317 .long real_ui_handler
6318 .long real_swi_handler
6319 .long real_pf_abort
6320 .long real_data_abort
6321 .long 0 /* unused */
6322 .long real_irq_handler
6323 .long real_fiq_handler
6324 @end example
6325
6326 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6327 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6328 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6329 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6330
6331
6332 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6333 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6334
6335 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6336 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6337 @end deffn
6338
6339 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6340 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6341 @end deffn
6342
6343 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6344 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6345 @end deffn
6346
6347 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6348 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6349 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6350 @end deffn
6351
6352 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6353 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6354 @end deffn
6355
6356 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6357 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6358 @end deffn
6359
6360 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6361 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6362 @end deffn
6363
6364 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6365 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6366 @end deffn
6367
6368 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6369 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6370 @end deffn
6371
6372 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6373 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6374 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6375 and modifying how it is emptied.
6376 @end deffn
6377
6378 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6379 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6380 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6381 The image @var{type} may be one of
6382 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6383 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6384 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6385 @end deffn
6386
6387 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6388 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6389 @cindex vector_catch
6390 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6391 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6392
6393 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6394 @example
6395 0x01 Trap Reset
6396 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6397 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6398 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6399 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6400 0x20 reserved
6401 0x40 Trap IRQ
6402 0x80 Trap FIQ
6403 @end example
6404 @end deffn
6405
6406 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6407 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6408 @cindex vector_table
6409
6410 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6411 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6412 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6413 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6414 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6415
6416 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6417
6418 @end deffn
6419
6420 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6421 @cindex ARMv6
6422
6423 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6424 @cindex ARM11
6425
6426 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6427 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6428 which is enabled by default.
6429 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6430 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6431 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6432 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6433 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6434 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6435 @end deffn
6436
6437 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6438 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6439 which is enabled by default.
6440 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6441 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6442 @end deffn
6443
6444 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6445 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6446 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6447 they are disabled by default.
6448 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6449 @end deffn
6450
6451 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6452 @cindex vector_catch
6453 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6454 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6455 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6456
6457 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6458 for certain hardware events.
6459 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6460 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6461 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6462 @end deffn
6463
6464 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6465 @cindex ARMv7
6466
6467 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6468 @cindex Debug Access Port
6469 @cindex DAP
6470 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6471 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6472 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6473
6474 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6475 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6476 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6477 @end deffn
6478
6479 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6480 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6481 @end deffn
6482
6483 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6484 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6485 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6486 @end deffn
6487
6488 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6489 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6490 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6491 @end deffn
6492
6493 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6494 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6495 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6496 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6497 @end deffn
6498
6499 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6500 @cindex Cortex-M3
6501
6502 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{on}|@option{off})
6503 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6504 @end deffn
6505
6506 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6507 @cindex vector_catch
6508 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6509 for certain hardware events.
6510
6511 Parameters request interception of
6512 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6513 @option{none} of them,
6514 or one or more of the following:
6515 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6516 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6517 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6518 @option{irq_err},
6519 @option{state_err},
6520 @option{chk_err}, or
6521 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6522 @option{reset}.
6523 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6524 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6525 are mapped to HardFault.
6526 UsageFault checks for
6527 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6528 must also be explicitly enabled.
6529
6530 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6531 @end deffn
6532
6533 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6534 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6535 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6536 @cindex tracing
6537 @cindex libdcc
6538 @cindex DCC
6539 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6540 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6541 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6542 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6543
6544 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6545 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6546 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6547 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6548 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6549 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6550
6551 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6552 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6553 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6554 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6555 The target being debugged may
6556 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6557 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6558 each supported by a command:
6559
6560 @itemize
6561 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6562 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6563 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6564 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6565
6566 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6567 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6568 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6569
6570 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6571 and then displayed at any time.
6572 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6573
6574 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6575 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6576 @end itemize
6577
6578 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6579 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6580 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6581 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6582 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6583 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6584 does the same thing.
6585
6586 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6587 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6588 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6589 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6590 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6591
6592 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6593 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6594 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6595 @end deffn
6596
6597 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6598 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6599 in the order they triggered.
6600 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6601 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6602 history records.
6603 @end deffn
6604
6605 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6606 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6607 they have been triggered.
6608 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6609 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6610 and associates it with that identifier.
6611
6612 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6613 are not related except by this command.
6614 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6615 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6616 @end deffn
6617
6618
6619 @node JTAG Commands
6620 @chapter JTAG Commands
6621 @cindex JTAG Commands
6622 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6623 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6624 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6625 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6626 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6627
6628 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6629 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6630
6631 @itemize @bullet
6632 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6633 devices such as a CPUs.
6634 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6635 standard state machine (in parallel)
6636 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6637 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6638 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6639 while the reading previous ones.
6640 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6641 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6642 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6643 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6644 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6645 registers.
6646 @end itemize
6647
6648 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6649
6650 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6651 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6652 the order of TAP state transitions.
6653 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6654 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
6655 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
6656 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
6657 these commands are not available.
6658
6659 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6660 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
6661 that specify the entire register.
6662 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
6663 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
6664 The return value holds the original value of each
6665 of those fields.
6666
6667 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
6668 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
6669 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
6670 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
6671 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
6672
6673 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
6674 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
6675
6676 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6677 in that state.
6678 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
6679 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6680 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6681
6682 @quotation Warning
6683 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
6684 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
6685 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
6686 data registers, which may have different lengths.
6687 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
6688 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
6689 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
6690 (by connecting a different scan chain).
6691 @end quotation
6692 @end deffn
6693
6694 @deffn Command {flush_count}
6695 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
6696 This may be used for performance tuning.
6697
6698 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
6699 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
6700 not change with the amount of data which is written.
6701 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
6702 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
6703 instead of batching them into larger operations.
6704 @end deffn
6705
6706 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
6707 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
6708 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
6709 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
6710 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
6711 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
6712
6713 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
6714 in that state.
6715 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
6716 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
6717 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
6718
6719 @quotation Note
6720 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
6721 register values, unlike data register values.
6722 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
6723 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
6724 @end quotation
6725 @end deffn
6726
6727 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
6728 Set values of reset signals.
6729 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
6730 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
6731 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
6732 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
6733 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
6734 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
6735 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
6736
6737 Note that TRST is specially handled.
6738 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
6739 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
6740 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
6741 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
6742 instead of the TRST signal.
6743 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
6744 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
6745 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
6746 with handlers for that event.
6747 @end deffn
6748
6749 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
6750 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
6751 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
6752 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
6753 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
6754 Then, in a series of single state transitions
6755 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
6756 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
6757 The final state must also be stable.
6758 @end deffn
6759
6760 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
6761 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
6762 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
6763 Instructions often need some time
6764 to execute before they take effect.
6765 @end deffn
6766
6767 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
6768 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
6769
6770 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6771 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
6772 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
6773 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
6774 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
6775 @end deffn
6776
6777 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6778 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
6779 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
6780 must also be enabled.
6781 Default is enabled.
6782 @end deffn
6783
6784 @section TAP state names
6785 @cindex TAP state names
6786
6787 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
6788 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
6789 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
6790 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
6791
6792 @itemize @bullet
6793 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
6794 acts as if TRST were pulsed
6795 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
6796 @item @b{DRSELECT}
6797 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
6798 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6799 through the data register
6800 @item @b{DREXIT1}
6801 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
6802 for update or more shifting
6803 @item @b{DREXIT2}
6804 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
6805 @item @b{IRSELECT}
6806 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
6807 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
6808 through the instruction register
6809 @item @b{IREXIT1}
6810 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
6811 for update or more shifting
6812 @item @b{IREXIT2}
6813 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
6814 @end itemize
6815
6816 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
6817 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
6818 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
6819 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
6820
6821 @itemize @bullet
6822 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
6823 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
6824 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
6825 may not be as expected.
6826 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
6827 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
6828 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
6829 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
6830 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
6831 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
6832 @end itemize
6833
6834 @node Boundary Scan Commands
6835 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
6836
6837 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
6838 boundary scan based hardware testing.
6839 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
6840 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
6841
6842 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
6843 @cindex Serial Vector Format
6844 @cindex SVF
6845
6846 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
6847 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
6848 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6849 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6850
6851 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
6852 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6853 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
6854 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6855 each command is logged before it is executed.
6856 @end deffn
6857
6858 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6859 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
6860 @cindex XSVF
6861
6862 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
6863 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
6864 Xilinx devices.
6865 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
6866 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
6867
6868 @quotation Important
6869 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
6870 @end quotation
6871
6872 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
6873 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
6874 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
6875 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
6876 that TAP.
6877 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
6878 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
6879 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
6880 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
6881 @end deffn
6882
6883 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
6884 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
6885 after building the software.
6886 You may find them useful:
6887
6888 @itemize
6889 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
6890 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
6891 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
6892 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
6893 @end itemize
6894
6895 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
6896 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
6897 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
6898 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
6899 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
6900 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
6901 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
6902
6903
6904 @node TFTP
6905 @chapter TFTP
6906 @cindex TFTP
6907 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
6908 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
6909
6910 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
6911 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
6912 server (tftpd). For example,
6913
6914 @example
6915 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
6916 @end example
6917
6918 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
6919 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
6920
6921 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
6922 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
6923 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
6924 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
6925
6926 @node GDB and OpenOCD
6927 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
6928 @cindex GDB
6929 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
6930 to debug remote targets.
6931 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
6932
6933 @itemize
6934 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
6935 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
6936 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
6937 as shown in this chapter.
6938 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
6939 that also will probably need to be configured.
6940 @end itemize
6941
6942 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
6943 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
6944 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
6945 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
6946 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
6947 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
6948
6949 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
6950 @section Connecting to GDB
6951 @cindex Connecting to GDB
6952 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
6953 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
6954 errors, which has since been fixed; see
6955 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
6956
6957 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
6958
6959 @enumerate
6960 @item
6961 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
6962 @example
6963 target remote localhost:3333
6964 @end example
6965 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
6966 @item
6967 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
6968 @example
6969 target remote | openocd --pipe
6970 @end example
6971 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
6972 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
6973 session.
6974 @end enumerate
6975
6976 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
6977 GDB command line.
6978
6979 @section Sample GDB session startup
6980
6981 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
6982 than they do when you're debugging locally.
6983 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
6984 small ARM program.
6985 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
6986 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
6987
6988 @example
6989 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
6990 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
6991 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
6992 ...
6993 (gdb) monitor reset halt
6994 ...
6995 (gdb) load
6996 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
6997 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
6998 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
6999 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7000 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7001 (gdb) continue
7002 Continuing.
7003 ...
7004 @end example
7005
7006 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7007 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7008 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7009 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7010
7011 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7012
7013 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7014 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7015 packet size and the device's memory map.
7016 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7017 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7018 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7019
7020 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7021 You may need to set those up by hand.
7022 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7023 something like:
7024
7025 @example
7026 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7027 @end example
7028
7029 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7030
7031 @example
7032 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7033 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7034 @end example
7035
7036 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7037 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7038 do not have such restrictions.
7039
7040 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7041 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7042 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7043
7044 @example
7045 define hook-step
7046 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7047 end
7048 define hookpost-step
7049 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7050 end
7051 @end example
7052
7053 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7054 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7055 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7056 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7057
7058 @section Programming using GDB
7059 @cindex Programming using GDB
7060
7061 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7062 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7063 @example
7064 gdb_memory_map disable
7065 @end example
7066 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7067 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7068 working area.
7069
7070 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7071 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7072 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7073 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7074
7075 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7076 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7077
7078 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7079 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7080 @example
7081 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7082 @end example
7083
7084 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7085 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7086
7087 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7088 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7089 will be used.
7090
7091 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7092 script can be executed:
7093 @example
7094 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7095 @end example
7096
7097 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7098 can be used.
7099
7100 @node Tcl Scripting API
7101 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7102 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7103 @cindex Tcl scripts
7104 @section API rules
7105
7106 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7107 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7108 information as an argument to each proc.
7109
7110 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7111 pair list and lists.
7112
7113 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7114 list.
7115
7116 @verbatim
7117
7118 > set foo(me) Duane
7119 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7120 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7121 > set foo(duck) Donald
7122
7123 If one does this:
7124
7125 > set foo
7126
7127 The result is:
7128
7129 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7130
7131 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7132
7133 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7134 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7135 }
7136 @end verbatim
7137
7138 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7139 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7140
7141 @section Internal low-level Commands
7142
7143 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7144
7145 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7146 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7147 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7148
7149 @itemize @bullet
7150 @item @b{ocd_mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7151
7152 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7153 @item @b{ocd_array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7154
7155 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7156 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7157
7158 Return information about the flash banks
7159 @end itemize
7160
7161 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7162 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7163 called "flash_banks".
7164
7165 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7166
7167 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7168 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7169 holds one of the following values:
7170
7171 @itemize @bullet
7172 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7173 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7174 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7175 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7176 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7177 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7178 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7179 @end itemize
7180
7181 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7182
7183 @quotation Note
7184 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7185 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7186 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7187 is jim, not real tcl).
7188 @end quotation
7189
7190 @node FAQ
7191 @chapter FAQ
7192 @cindex faq
7193 @enumerate
7194 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7195 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7196 @cindex RTCK
7197 @cindex adaptive clocking
7198 @*
7199
7200 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7201 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7202 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7203 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7204
7205 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7206 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7207 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7208 @enumerate
7209 @item
7210 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7211 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7212 @item
7213 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7214 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7215 @end enumerate
7216
7217 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7218 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7219 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7220 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7221 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7222 power).
7223
7224 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7225 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7226 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7227 ARM926 scenario).
7228 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7229 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7230 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7231
7232 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7233 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7234 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7235 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7236
7237 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7238
7239 In order to make use of this,
7240 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7241 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7242
7243 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7244 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7245 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7246 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7247 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7248
7249 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7250 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7251 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7252 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7253
7254 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7255 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7256 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7257 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7258 with a CPLD.
7259 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7260 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7261 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7262 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7263 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7264 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7265
7266 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7267
7268 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7269
7270 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7271 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7272 depending on the chips on your board.
7273 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7274 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7275 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7276
7277 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7278 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7279 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7280
7281 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7282 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7283 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7284 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7285
7286 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7287 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7288 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7289 this way.
7290
7291 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7292 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7293 clock rate.
7294 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7295 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7296 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7297
7298 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7299
7300 @example
7301 # Example: 1.234MHz
7302 adapter_khz 1234
7303 @end example
7304
7305
7306 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7307
7308 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7309 around Windows filenames.
7310
7311 @example
7312 > echo \a
7313
7314 > echo @{\a@}
7315 \a
7316 > echo "\a"
7317
7318 >
7319 @end example
7320
7321
7322 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7323
7324 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7325 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7326 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7327
7328 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7329 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7330 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7331
7332 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7333 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7334 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7335
7336 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7337
7338 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7339 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7340 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7341 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7342
7343 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7344 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7345 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7346
7347 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7348 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7349
7350 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7351 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7352 memory read caused data abort".
7353
7354 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7355 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7356 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7357 be done, feel free to add this here.
7358
7359 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7360 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7361 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7362 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7363 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7364 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7365 gracefully stops.
7366
7367 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7368 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7369 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7370
7371 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7372 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7373 bytes. Painful...
7374
7375
7376 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7377 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7378
7379 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7380 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7381 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7382 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7383 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7384 reset, everything else should work fine.
7385
7386 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7387 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7388 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7389 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7390
7391 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7392 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7393 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7394 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7395
7396 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7397
7398 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7399 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7400 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7401 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7402
7403 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7404 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7405 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7406 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7407
7408 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7409 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7410 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7411
7412 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7413 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7414
7415 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7416 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7417 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7418 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7419 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7420 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7421 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7422 clock frequency?
7423
7424 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7425 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7426 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7427 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7428 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7429
7430 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7431
7432 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7433 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7434 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7435 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7436 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7437 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7438 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7439
7440 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7441
7442 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7443 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7444 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7445 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7446
7447 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7448 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7449 particular order?
7450
7451 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7452 the same order used by the hardware.
7453
7454 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7455 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7456 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7457 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7458 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7459 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7460
7461 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7462 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7463 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7464 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7465
7466 @itemize @bullet
7467 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7468 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7469 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7470 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7471 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7472 @end itemize
7473
7474 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7475
7476 @itemize @bullet
7477 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7478 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7479 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7480 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7481 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7482 @end itemize
7483
7484
7485 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7486 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7487 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7488
7489 TODO.
7490
7491 @end enumerate
7492
7493 @node Tcl Crash Course
7494 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7495 @cindex Tcl
7496
7497 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7498 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7499 how the Tcl scripts work.
7500
7501 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7502 who need to understand a bit more of how JIM-Tcl works so they can do
7503 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7504 OpenOCD.
7505
7506 @section Tcl Rule #1
7507 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7508 @enumerate
7509 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7510 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7511 @end enumerate
7512
7513 The Tcl equal is this:
7514
7515 @enumerate
7516 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7517 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7518 @end enumerate
7519
7520 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7521 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7522
7523 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7524 There is a second pair of rules.
7525 @enumerate
7526 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7527 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7528 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7529 in Tcl.
7530 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7531 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7532 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7533 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7534 @end enumerate
7535
7536 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7537 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7538 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7539 Everything is a string}
7540
7541 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7542 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7543 difference is subtle.
7544 @enumerate
7545 @item Parse Time
7546 @item Evaluation Time
7547 @end enumerate
7548
7549 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7550 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7551 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7552
7553 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7554 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7555 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7556 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7557
7558 @itemize @bullet
7559 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7560 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7561 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7562 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7563 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7564 @example
7565 # bash example
7566 X=`date`
7567 echo "The Date is: $X"
7568 # Tcl example
7569 set X [date]
7570 puts "The Date is: $X"
7571 @end example
7572 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7573 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7574 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7575 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7576 is a string}
7577 @example
7578 set x "Dinner"
7579 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7580 @end example
7581 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7582 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7583 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7584 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7585 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7586 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7587 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7588 @end itemize
7589
7590 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7591
7592 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7593
7594 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7595
7596 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7597 the normal way.
7598
7599 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7600 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7601 line is immedatly executed.
7602
7603 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7604 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
7605
7606 @subsection Command Execution
7607
7608 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
7609 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
7610 control flow operators.
7611
7612 Commands are executed like this:
7613
7614 @enumerate
7615 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
7616 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
7617 @item Repeat until End Of File.
7618 @end enumerate
7619
7620 It sort of works like this:
7621 @example
7622 for(;;)@{
7623 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
7624
7625 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
7626
7627 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
7628 @}
7629 @end example
7630
7631 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
7632 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
7633 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
7634 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
7635 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
7636 ``LookupCommand()''
7637
7638 @subsection The FOR command
7639
7640 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
7641 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
7642 command just like any other command.
7643
7644 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
7645 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
7646 are:
7647
7648 @enumerate 0
7649 @item The ascii text 'for'
7650 @item The start text
7651 @item The test expression
7652 @item The next text
7653 @item The body text
7654 @end enumerate
7655
7656 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
7657 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
7658 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
7659 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
7660
7661 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
7662 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
7663
7664 @example
7665 int
7666 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
7667 int *argc,
7668 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
7669 @end example
7670
7671 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
7672 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
7673 still operates in the same basic way.
7674
7675 @subsection FOR command implementation
7676
7677 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
7678 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
7679
7680 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
7681
7682 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
7683
7684 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
7685 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
7686 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
7687
7688 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
7689 expression and returns a value.
7690
7691 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
7692 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
7693 @example
7694 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
7695
7696 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
7697
7698 int
7699 MyForCommand( void *interp,
7700 int argc,
7701 char **argv )
7702 @{
7703 if( argc != 5 )@{
7704 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
7705 return ERROR;
7706 @}
7707
7708 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
7709
7710 // Execute the start statement.
7711 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
7712
7713 // Top of loop test
7714 for(;;)@{
7715 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
7716 if( i == 0 )
7717 break;
7718
7719 // Execute the body
7720 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
7721
7722 // Execute the LOOP part
7723 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
7724 @}
7725
7726 // Return no error
7727 SetResult( interp, "" );
7728 return SUCCESS;
7729 @}
7730 @end example
7731
7732 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
7733 in the same basic way.
7734
7735 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
7736
7737 @subsection source and find commands
7738 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
7739 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
7740 @*Remember the parsing rules
7741 @enumerate
7742 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
7743 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
7744 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
7745 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
7746 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
7747 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
7748 That character begins Tcl comments.)
7749 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
7750 it reads a file and executes as a script.
7751 @end enumerate
7752 @subsection format command
7753 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
7754 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
7755 @b{sprintf()}.
7756 @b{Example}
7757 @example
7758 set x 6
7759 set y 7
7760 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
7761 @end example
7762 @enumerate
7763 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
7764 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
7765 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
7766 @* Refer to Rule #1
7767 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
7768 @* Refer to Rule #1.
7769 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
7770 @end enumerate
7771 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
7772 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
7773 @example
7774 #1 Good
7775 proc someproc @{@} @{
7776 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
7777 @}
7778 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
7779 #2 Good - no variables
7780 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
7781 #3 Good Curly Braces
7782 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
7783 puts "Time: [date]"
7784 @}
7785 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
7786 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
7787 @end example
7788 @enumerate
7789 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
7790 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
7791 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
7792 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
7793 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
7794 command.
7795 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
7796 @*There are 4 examples:
7797 @enumerate
7798 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
7799 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
7800 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
7801 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
7802 @end enumerate
7803
7804 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
7805 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
7806 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
7807
7808 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
7809 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
7810 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
7811 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
7812 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
7813 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
7814 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
7815 @end enumerate
7816 @subsection Global Variables
7817 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
7818 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
7819 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
7820 @example
7821 proc myproc @{ @} @{
7822 set y 0 #Local variable Y
7823 global x #Global variable X
7824 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
7825 @}
7826 @end example
7827 @section Other Tcl Hacks
7828 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
7829 @example
7830 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
7831 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
7832 # Create var name
7833 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
7834 # Make it a global
7835 global $vn
7836 # Set it.
7837 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
7838 @}
7839 @end example
7840 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
7841 @example
7842 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
7843 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
7844 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
7845 @}
7846 @end example
7847
7848 @include fdl.texi
7849
7850 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
7851 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
7852 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
7853 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
7854 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
7855 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
7856
7857 @printindex cp
7858
7859 @node Command and Driver Index
7860 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
7861 @printindex fn
7862
7863 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)